US20130338151A9 - Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents - Google Patents

Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20130338151A9
US20130338151A9 US13/503,160 US201013503160A US2013338151A9 US 20130338151 A9 US20130338151 A9 US 20130338151A9 US 201013503160 A US201013503160 A US 201013503160A US 2013338151 A9 US2013338151 A9 US 2013338151A9
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
group
aryl
alkyl
heterocycloalkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US13/503,160
Other versions
US9062076B2 (en
US20120270863A1 (en
Inventor
Spencer John Williams
Steven Zammit
Darren James Kelly
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Certa Therapeutics Pty Ltd
Original Assignee
Fibrotech Therapeutics Pty Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fibrotech Therapeutics Pty Ltd filed Critical Fibrotech Therapeutics Pty Ltd
Priority to US13/503,160 priority Critical patent/US9062076B2/en
Publication of US20120270863A1 publication Critical patent/US20120270863A1/en
Publication of US20130338151A9 publication Critical patent/US20130338151A9/en
Assigned to FIBROTECH THERAPEUTICS PTY LTD reassignment FIBROTECH THERAPEUTICS PTY LTD ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KELLY, DARREN JAMES, WILLIAMS, SPENCER JOHN, ZAMMIT, STEVEN
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US9062076B2 publication Critical patent/US9062076B2/en
Assigned to Certa Therapeutics Pty. Ltd. reassignment Certa Therapeutics Pty. Ltd. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FIBROTECH THERAPEUTICS PTY LTD
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/40—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of rings other than six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C235/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C235/56—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/08—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/64—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. histidine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/06—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/12—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/26—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/86—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D239/88—Oxygen atoms
    • C07D239/91—Oxygen atoms with aryl or aralkyl radicals attached in position 2 or 3
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
    • C07D241/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D241/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D241/40—Benzopyrazines
    • C07D241/44—Benzopyrazines with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/52—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D263/54—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles
    • C07D263/56—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D265/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D265/04—1,3-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-oxazines
    • C07D265/12—1,3-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-oxazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D265/14—1,3-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-oxazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D265/20—1,3-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-oxazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D265/22—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D265/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D265/28—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines
    • C07D265/34—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines condensed with carbocyclic rings
    • C07D265/36—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines condensed with carbocyclic rings condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/64—Benzothiazoles with only hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D285/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D275/00 - C07D283/00
    • C07D285/15—Six-membered rings
    • C07D285/16—Thiadiazines; Hydrogenated thiadiazines
    • C07D285/18—1,2,4-Thiadiazines; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-thiadiazines
    • C07D285/20—1,2,4-Thiadiazines; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-thiadiazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D285/22—1,2,4-Thiadiazines; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-thiadiazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D285/24—1,2,4-Thiadiazines; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-thiadiazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring with oxygen atoms directly attached to the ring sulfur atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/82—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D307/84—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C07D307/85—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/06—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 2
    • C07D311/08—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 2 not hydrogenated in the hetero ring
    • C07D311/16—Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring with oxygen or sulfur atoms directly attached in position 2 not hydrogenated in the hetero ring substituted in position 7
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/52—Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes
    • C07D333/62—Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/50—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D333/52—Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes
    • C07D333/62—Benzo[b]thiophenes; Hydrogenated benzo[b]thiophenes with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D333/68—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
    • C07D333/70—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D335/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D335/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D335/06—Benzothiopyrans; Hydrogenated benzothiopyrans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C2602/08—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being five-membered, e.g. indane
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2602/00—Systems containing two condensed rings
    • C07C2602/02—Systems containing two condensed rings the rings having only two atoms in common
    • C07C2602/04—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C2602/10—One of the condensed rings being a six-membered aromatic ring the other ring being six-membered, e.g. tetraline

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds that may be useful in the treatment of medical conditions associated with tissue fibrosis. More particularly, the present invention relates to fused ring derivatives of 2- ⁇ [(2E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-enoyl]amino ⁇ benzoic acid, pharmaceutical compositions containing these derivative compounds, and uses of the derivative compounds in the treatment of certain conditions associated with tissue fibrosis.
  • Fibrosis occurs when excess fibrous connective tissue forms or develops in an organ or tissue. Fibrosis can occur as a part of the wound-healing process following tissue damage resulting from physical injury, inflammation, infection, exposure to toxins, and other causes. Examples of conditions associated with tissue fibrosis include dermal scar formation, keloids, liver fibrosis, kidney fibrosis (including diabetic nephropathy), hepatic cirrhosis, pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, glomerulonephritis, heart failure (ischaemic and non-ischaemic), diabetic nephropathy, scleroderma, excessive scar tissue post surgery or device insertion, progressive, kidney disease, hypertension, heart failure due to ischaemic heart disease, valvular heart disease, hypertensive heart disease, and hypertrophic scars.
  • fibroblast growth factor FGF family
  • TGF- ⁇ transforming growth factor
  • PDGF platelet derived growth factor
  • Tranilast n-[3,4-dimethoxycinnamoyl]anthranilic acid
  • Tranilast is an anti-fibrotic agent used in Japan for the treatment of fibrotic skin disorders such as keloids and scleroderma.
  • Tranilast has also been shown to attenuate TGF- ⁇ -induced collagen synthesis in cardiac fibroblasts, using an experimental model of diabetic cardiac disease, and to reduce inflammation in allergic diseases, such as allergic rhinitis and bronchial asthma, etc. In addition, tranilast has been shown to have anti-proliferative activity.
  • compounds that are based on tranilast have the potential to provide further biologically active compounds that would be expected to have useful, improved pharmaceutical properties with potential anti-fibrotic, anti-inflammatory, and anti-proliferative or anti-neoplastic activity for the treatment or prevention of diseases associated with fibrosis, diseases characterised by inflammation or neoplastic disease (both benign and malignant), and as alternatives/adjuncts to tranilast.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula (I)
  • variables of the compounds of the Formula (I) may be particularly useful in their end use application.
  • R 2 is —X 3 —R 18 and R 3 is —X 4 —R 19 , wherein:
  • R 18 and R 19 are fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • D is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 2 -C 5 heterocycloalkyl, C 2 -C 5 heteroaryl.
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: COOR 14 , COR 14 , CONR 15 R 16 , NR 15 R 16 , SO 2 R 14 and SONR 15 R 16 .
  • R 5 may be selected from the group consisting of: COOH, CONH 2 , CONHCH 3 , CONHOH, NH 2 , SO 2 CH 3 , SO 2 NH 2 , SONHCH 3 , and SON(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • D is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C 2 -C 5 heteroaryl and the R 5 substituent is ortho to X 2 .
  • D is selected from the group consisting of C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl and C 2 -C 5 heterocycloalkyl and the R 5 substituent is either geminal or vicinal to X 2 .
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H and halogen.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of: C ⁇ O and SO 2 .
  • X 2 is NR 13 .
  • R 13 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyl.
  • W is CR 7 .
  • R 7 is H.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of: CH, CH 2 CH 2 , CH ⁇ CH, O, OC(O), OC(S), OCH 2 , C(O)O, C(S)O, SCH 2 , SC(O), SC(S), S, SO 2 CH 2 , SO 2 , C(O)S, C(O)NH, C(S)S, NH, NH(CO), N, N ⁇ CH, and NHCH 2 .
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy.
  • the optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy is C 1 -C 12 fluoroalkyloxy.
  • the optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy is C 2 -C 12 alkynylalkyloxy.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
  • R 2 and R 3 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF 2 CF 2 CO, OCH 2 CH 2 O, OCF 2 O, and OCH 2 O.
  • the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula (II)
  • R 1 is —X 3 —R 18 and R 2 is —X 4 —R 19 , wherein:
  • R 2 is —X 3 —R 18 and R 3 is —X 4 —R 19 , wherein:
  • R 18 and R 19 are fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • D is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C 2 -C 5 heteroaryl.
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, CN, NO 2 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: COOR 14 , COR 14 , CONR 15 R 16 , NR 15 R 16 , and SO 2 R 14 and SONR 15 R 16 .
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: COOH, CONH 2 , CONHOH, CONHCH 3 , NH 2 , SO 2 CH 3 , SO 2 NH 2 , SONHCH 3 , and SON(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • D is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C 2 -C 5 heteroaryl and the R 6 substituent is ortho to X 2 .
  • D is selected from the group consisting of C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl and C 2 -C 5 heterocycloalkyl and the R 6 substituent is either geminal or vicinal to X 2 .
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of H and halogen.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of: C ⁇ O and SO 2 .
  • X 2 is NR 13 .
  • R 13 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyl.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of: CH 2 CH 2 , CH ⁇ CH, C(O)O, C(O)S, C(O)NR 12 , OC(O), SC(O), NR 12 C(O), CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 , CH ⁇ CHCH 2 , CH 2 CH ⁇ CH, OCH 2 CH 2 , SCH 2 CH 2 , NR 12 CH 2 CH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 O, CH 2 CH 2 S, CH 2 CH 2 NR 12 , C(O)OCH 2 , C(O)SCH 2 , C(O)NR 12 CH 2 , CH 2 OC(O), CH 2 SC(O), and CH 2 NR 12 C(O).
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy.
  • the optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy is C 1 -C 12 fluoroalkyloxy.
  • the optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy is C 2 -C 12 alkynylalkyloxy.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 1 and R 2 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF 2 CF 2 CO, OCH 2 CH 2 O, OCF 2 O, and OCH 2 O.
  • R 2 and R 3 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF 2 CF 2 CO, OCH 2 CH 2 O, OCF 2 O, and OCH 2 O.
  • the compound of Formula (II) is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula (III)
  • each R 6 and R 7 being independently selected from the group consisting of: H, NO 2 , CN, optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 1 -C 10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 6 -C 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C 1 -C 10 heteroalkyl
  • R 2 is —X 3 —R 22 and R 3 is —X 4 —R 23 , wherein:
  • R 22 and R 23 are fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted:
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of: C ⁇ O and SO 2 .
  • X 2 is N.
  • A is selected from the group consisting of: CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 O, CH 2 CH 2 S, CH 2 CH 2 NR 13 , CH 2 CH ⁇ CH, CH ⁇ CHCH 2 , CH ⁇ CHC(O), C(O)CH ⁇ CH, C ⁇ NC(O), CH 2 OC(O), C(O)OC(O), CH 2 SC(O), C(O)SC(O), C(O)OCH 2 , C(O)SCH 2 , C(O)CH 2 NR 13 , C(O)CH 2 S, C(O)CH 2 O, C(S)CH 2 O, OC(O), CH 2 O, C(O)O, CH 2 S, CH 2 NR 13 , CH 2 CH 2 , SC(O), C(S)O, C(O)S, C(S)S, C(O)NR 13 , C(S)NR 13 .
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy.
  • the optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy is C 1 -C 12 fluoroalkyloxy.
  • the optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy is C 2 -C 12 alkynylalkyloxy.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 2 and R 3 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF 2 CF 2 CO, OCH 2 CH 2 O, OCF 2 O, and OCH 2 O.
  • T is selected from the group consisting of: a double bond and
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, CN, NO 2 and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
  • R 5 is H.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, COOR 18 , COR 18 , CONR 19 R 20 , R 19 R 20 , SO 2 R 18 , and SONR 19 R 20 .
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, COOH, CONH 2 , CONHCH 3 , CONHOH, NH 2 , SO 2 CH 3 , SO 2 NH 2 , SONHCH 3 , and SON(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • n 1
  • the compound of Formula (III) is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula (IV)
  • each R 6 and R 7 being independently selected from the group consisting of: H, NO 2 , CN, optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C 1 -C 10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3 -C 12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C 6 -C 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1 -C 18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C 1 -C 10 heteroalkyl
  • R 2 is —X 2 —R 16 and R 3 is —X 3 —R 17 , wherein:
  • R 16 and R 17 are fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy.
  • the optionally substituted C 1 -C 12 alkyloxy is C 1 -C 12 fluoroalkyloxy.
  • the optionally substituted C 2 -C 12 alkynyloxy is C 2 -C 12 alkynylalkyloxy.
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: H 3 CO, F 2 HCF 2 CO, F 2 HCO, F 3 CO, and CHCCH 2 O.
  • R 2 and R 3 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF 2 CF 2 CO, OCH 2 CH 2 O, OCF 2 O, and OCH 2 O.
  • T is selected from the group consisting of: a double bond and
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: H and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, CN, NO 2 , and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
  • R 5 is H.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, COOR 12 , COR 12 , CONR 13 R 14 , NR 13 R 14 , SO 2 R 12 , and SONR 13 R 14 .
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, COOH, CONH 2 , CONHOH, CONHCH 3 , NH 2 , SO 2 CH 3 , SO 2 NH 2 , SONHCH 3 , and SON(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • n 1
  • the R 8 group is in the position ortho to the Y group.
  • the compound of formula (IV) is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
  • the present invention also provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis, the method including administering to a subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention.
  • the disease or condition may be selected from the group consisting of fibrotic skin disorders, lung disease, heart disease and kidney disease.
  • the present invention also provides a method of treating a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease, the method including administering to a subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention.
  • the present invention also provides a method of inhibiting fibrosis in a subject, the method including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention.
  • the present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention to inhibit fibrosis.
  • the present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention in the treatment of a disease or condition associated with fibrosis.
  • the present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention in the treatment of a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
  • the present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis.
  • the present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
  • the term “optionally substituted” as used throughout the specification denotes that the group may or may not be further substituted or fused (so as to form a condensed polycyclic system), with one or more non-hydrogen substituent groups.
  • the substituent groups are one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ⁇ O, ⁇ S, —CN, —NO 2 , —CF 3 , —OCF 3 , alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkenyl, aryl,
  • Alkyl as a group or part of a group refers to a straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably a C 1 -C 14 alkyl, more preferably C 1 -C 10 alkyl, most preferably C 1 -C 6 unless otherwise noted.
  • suitable straight and branched C 1 -C 6 alkyl substituents include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-propyl; n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, hexyl, and the like.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkylamino includes both mono-alkylamino and dialkylamino, unless specified.
  • “Mono-alkylamino” means a —NH-Alkyl group, in which alkyl is as defined above.
  • “Dialkylamino” means a —N(alkyl) 2 group, in which each alkyl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for alkyl.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Arylamino includes both mono-arylamino and di-arylamino unless specified.
  • Mono-arylamino means a group of formula aryl NH—, in which aryl is as defined herein.
  • di-arylamino means a group of formula (aryl) 2 N— where each aryl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for aryl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • acyl means an alkyl-CO— group in which the alkyl group is as described herein.
  • examples of acyl include acetyl and benzoyl.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkenyl as a group or part of a group denotes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having 2-14 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-12 carbon atoms, most preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, in the normal chain.
  • the group may contain a plurality of double bonds in the normal chain and the orientation about each is independently E or Z.
  • Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl and nonenyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkoxy refers to an —O-alkyl group in which alkyl is defined herein.
  • the alkoxy is a C 1 -C 6 alkoxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxy and ethoxy.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkenyloxy refers to an —O— alkenyl group in which alkenyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkenyloxy groups are C 1 -C 6 alkenyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkynyloxy refers to an —O-alkynyl group in which alkynyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkynyloxy groups are C 1 -C 6 alkynyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkoxycarbonyl refers to an —C(O)—O-alkyl group in which alkyl is as defined herein.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a C 1 -C 8 alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to, methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkylsulfinyl means a —S(O)-alkyl group in which alkyl is as defined above.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group.
  • Exemplary alkylsulfinyl groups include, but not limited to, methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkylsulfonyl refers to a —S(O) 2 -alkyl group in which alkyl is as defined above.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkynyl as a group or part of a group means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having from 2-14 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms in the normal chain.
  • Exemplary structures include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Alkylaminocarbonyl refers to an alkylamino-carbonyl group in which alkylamino is as defined above.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially saturated, monocyclic or fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycie preferably containing from 3 to 9 carbons per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, unless otherwise specified. It includes monocyclic systems such as cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl, bicyclic systems such as decalin, and polycyclic systems such as adamantane. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Cycloalkenyl means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and preferably having from 5-10 carbon atoms per ring.
  • Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl.
  • the cycloalkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituent groups.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • alkyl and cycloalkyl substituents also applies to the alkyl portions of other substituents, such as without limitation, alkoxy, alkyl amines, alkyl ketones, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl and alkyl ester substituents and the like.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl means a cycloalkyl-alkyl-group in which the cycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as previously described.
  • Exemplary monocycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and cycloheptylmethyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Halogen represents fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • Heterocycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, preferably from 1 to 3 heteroatoms in at least one ring. Each ring is preferably from 3 to 10 membered, more preferably 4 to 7 membered.
  • heterocycloalkyl substituents include pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, piperidyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1,3-diazapane, 1,4-diazapane, 1,4-oxazepane, and 1,4-oxathiapane.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Heterocycloalkenyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl as described above but containing at least one double bond.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Heterocycloalkylalkyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as previously described.
  • exemplary heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include (2-tetrahydrofuryl)methyl, (2-tetrahydrothiofuranyl)methyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Heteroalkyl refers to a straight- or branched-chain alkyl group preferably having from 2 to 14 carbons, more preferably 2 to 10 carbons in the chain, one or more of which has been replaced by a heteroatom selected from S, O, P and N.
  • exemplary heteroalkyls include alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, alkyl sulfides, and the like.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. As used herein reference to the normal chain when used in the context of a bridging group refers to the direct chain of atoms linking the two terminal positions of the bridging group.
  • Aryl as a group or part of a group denotes (i) an optionally substituted monocyclic, or fused polycyclic, aromatic carbocycle (ring structure having ring atoms that are all carbon) preferably having from 5 to 12 atoms per ring.
  • aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like; (ii) an optionally substituted partially saturated bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic moiety in which a phenyl and a C 5-7 cycloalkyl or C 5-7 cycloalkenyl group are fused together to form a cyclic structure, such as tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl or indanyl.
  • the group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Arylalkenyl means an aryl-alkenyl-group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as previously described.
  • Exemplary arylalkenyl groups include phenylallyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Arylalkyl means an aryl-alkyl-group in which the aryl and alkyl moieties are as previously described. Preferred arylalkyl groups contain a C 15 alkyl moiety. Exemplary arylalkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl and naphthelenemethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • Heteroaryl either alone or part of a group refers to groups containing an aromatic ring (preferably a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring) having one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms in the aromatic ring with the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur.
  • heteroaryl examples include thiophene, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2,3-b]thiophene, furan, isoindolizine, xantholene, phenoxatine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indole, isoindole, 1H-indazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, cinnoline, carbazole, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazole, phenothiazine, oxazole, isooxazole, furazane, phenoxazine, 2-,
  • Heteroarylalkyl means a heteroaryl-alkyl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl moieties are as previously described. Preferred heteroarylalkyl groups contain a lower alkyl moiety. Exemplary heteroarylalkyl groups include pyridylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Lower alkyl” as a group means unless otherwise specified, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the chain, more preferably 1 to 4 carbons such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl or isopropyl) or butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl or tertiary-butyl).
  • the group may be a termirial group or a bridging group.
  • suitable amino protecting groups include formyl, trityl, phthalimido, trichloroacetyl, chloroacetyl, bromoacetyl, iodoacetyl, and urethane-type blocking groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl (‘CBz’), 4-phenylbenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 3-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 3-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-cyanobenzyloxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (‘tBoc’), 2-(4-xenyl)
  • amino protecting group employed is not critical so long as the derivatised amino group is stable to the condition of subsequent reaction(s) and can be selectively removed as required without substantially disrupting the remainder of the molecule including any other amino protecting group(s).
  • Preferred amino-protecting groups are t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz). Further examples of these groups are found in: Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second edition; Wiley-Interscience: 1991; Chapter 7; McOmie, J. F. W. (ed.), Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, 1973; and Kocienski, P. J., Protecting Groups, Second Edition, Theime Medical Pub., 2000.
  • carboxyl protecting groups examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, p-nitrobenzyl, p-methylbenzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzyl, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl, pentamethylbenzyl, 3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl, benzhydryl, 4,4′-dimethoxybenzhydryl, 2,2′4,4′-tetramethoxybenzhydryl, t-butyl, t-amyl, trityl, 4-methoxytrityl, 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl, 4,4,′4′′-trimethoxytrityl, 2-phenylprop-2-yl, trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, phenacyl, 2,2,2-
  • Preferred carboxyl protecting groups are methyl and t-butyl. Further examples of these groups are found in: Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second edition; Wiley-Interscience: 1991; McOmie, J. F. W. (ed.), Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, 1973; and Kocienski, P. J., Protecting Groups, Second Edition, Theime Medical Pub., 2000.
  • Some of the compounds of the disclosed embodiments may exist as single stereoisomers, racemates, and/or mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof, are intended to be within the scope of the subject matter described and claimed.
  • the structure shown is intended to include isomeric forms of the cyclopropanes including diastereoisomers and enantiomers.
  • Formulae (I) to (IV) are intended to cover, where applicable, solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the compounds.
  • each formula includes compounds having the indicated structure, including the hydrated as well as the non-hydrated forms.
  • the compounds of the various embodiments include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, N-oxides and active metabolites of such compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such metabolites.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts that retain the desired biological activity of the above-identified compounds, and include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and base addition salts.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, sulfuric, and phosphoric acid.
  • Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, fumaric, maleic, alkyl sulfonic, arylsulfonic.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) include metallic salts made from lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, aluminium, and zinc, and organic salts made from organic bases such as choline, diethanolamine, morpholine.
  • organic salts are: ammonium salts, quaternary salts such as tetramethylammonium salt; amino acid addition salts such as salts with glycine and arginine. Additional information on pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1995. In the case of agents that are solids, it is understood by those skilled in the art that the inventive compounds, agents and salts may exist in different crystalline or polymorphic forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae.
  • Prodrug means a compound which is convertible in vivo by metabolic means (e.g. by hydrolysis, reduction or oxidation) to a compound of Formulae (I) to (IV).
  • metabolic means e.g. by hydrolysis, reduction or oxidation
  • an ester prodrug of a compound of Formulae (I) to (IV) containing a hydroxyl group may be convertible, by hydrolysis in, vivo to the parent molecule.
  • Suitable esters of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) containing a hydroxyl group are for example acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis- ⁇ -hydroxynaphthoates, gestisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulphonates, ethanesulphonates, benzenesulphonates, p-toluenesulphonates, cyclohexylsulphamates and quinates.
  • ester prodrug of a compound of Formulae (I) to (IV) containing a carboxy group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule.
  • ester prodrugs are those described by F. J. Leinweber, Drug Metab. Res., 18:379; 1987).
  • treating refer generally to amelioration or elimination of a named condition once the condition has been established.
  • prophylaxis refers generally to treatment to prevent the onset of a named condition or of a process that can lead to the condition (“primary.” prophylaxis), or the recurrence of symptoms of a condition.
  • subject refers generally to any warm blooded animal such as; but not limited to, a mouse, guinea pig, dog, horse, or human. In an embodiment, the subject is human.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount or “effective amount” is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired clinical results.
  • An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations.
  • An effective amount is typically sufficient to palliate, ameliorate, stabilize, reverse, slow or delay the progression of the disease state.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers generally to a substance or composition that is compatible chemically and/or toxicologically with the other ingredients including a formulation, and/or the subject being treated.
  • compounds of the present invention refers generally to compounds, prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds and/or prodrugs, and hydrates or solvates of the compounds, salts, and/or prodrugs, as well as all stereoisomers (including diastereoisomers and enantiomers), tautomers and isotopically labelled compounds.
  • the compounds of the present invention may exist, in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • derivative thereof when used in reference to compounds of the present invention refers generally to prodrugs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds and/or prodrugs, and hydrates or solvates of the compounds, salts, and/or prodrugs.
  • Compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I)
  • W, A, Y, Z 1 -Z 2 , p, s, q, r, X 1 , X 2 , t, D, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 R 15 , R 18 , R 17 , m, and n are as previously defined in relation to Formula (I).
  • Compounds of the present invention also include compounds of Formula (II)
  • A, Y, p, s, q, r, X 1 , X 2 , D, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 18 , R 17 , m, and n are as previously defined in relation to Formula (II).
  • A, Y, p, s, T, X 1 , X 2 , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 20 and R 21 and n are as previously defined in relation to Formula (III).
  • Z—X—Y, A, T, Z 1 , Z z , Z 3 , Z 4 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and n are as previously defined in relation to Formula (IV).
  • compounds of the present invention are fused ring analogues of tranilast (2- ⁇ [(2E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-enoyl]amino ⁇ benzoic acid).
  • the compounds of the invention may have the ability to inhibit ERK phosphorylation and, therefore, act as an antifibrotic agent when administered to a subject.
  • the compounds of the present invention are not limited to antifibrotic agents that act via inhibition of ERK phosphorylation and it is possible for them to have antifibrotic activity via a mechanism that does not involve inhibition of ERK phosphorylation.
  • the compounds of the invention may find a multiple number of applications in which their ability to prevent, ameliorate or inhibit fibrosis can be utilised.
  • compounds of Formulae (I), (II), (III) and (IV) may be used to treat a disease or condition associated with fibrosis or characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
  • the disease or condition associated with fibrosis may be selected from fibrotic skin disorders, such as keloids, hypertrophic scars and scleroderma; lung disease, such as pulmonary fibrosis; heart disease, such as heart failure due to ischaemic heart disease, valvular heart disease and hypertensive heart disease, diabetic cardiomyopathy and hypertension; and kidney disease, such as progressive kidney disease, cirrhosis of the liver, glomerulonephritis and diabetic nephropathy.
  • the disease or condition is diabetic heart disease, diabetic kidney disease, or diabetic cardiomyopathy.
  • Diabetic cardiomyopathy refers to any one or more cardiac pathology and/or dysfunction in a subject, which is a complication of either Type I or Type II diabetes in the subject.
  • the diabetes may be symptomatic or asymptomatic.
  • Cardiac pathology which is characteristic of diabetic cardiomyopathy includes myocellular hypertrophy, myocardial fibrosis, and in some cases left ventricular hypertrophy.
  • the pathologies which are contemplated arise independently from complications arising from coronary artery disease, although both diabetic complications and coronary artery complications may be present in the same subject.
  • Diastolic dysfunction such as an impairment in early diastolic filling, a prolongation of isovolumetric relaxation and increased atrial filling is also characteristic of diabetic cardiomyopathy, and may be identified using Doppler methods such as Doppler 2-dimensional echocardiography (for example Redford M M et al., JAMA (2003) 289:194-203) or radionuclide imaging for early or mild dysfunction and by standard echocardiograph testing for more severe dysfunction.
  • Doppler methods such as Doppler 2-dimensional echocardiography (for example Redford M M M et al., JAMA (2003) 289:194-203) or radionuclide imaging for early or mild dysfunction and by standard echocardiograph testing for more severe dysfunction.
  • Cardiac fibrosis refers to the formation of fibrous tissue, including cellular and extracellular components, in the lining and muscle of the heart. If present in sufficient quantities, the fibrous tissue will result in a decrease in the contractility of one or more regions of the heart, resulting in functional deficit in cardiac output.
  • the compounds will be useful in the treatment of a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
  • the disease or condition characterised by inflammation may be selected from allergic rhinitis, bronchial asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, type I and type II diabetes, systemic lupus, erythematosis, transplant rejection and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • the benign or malignant neoplastic disease may be any such disease known to the skilled person.
  • the compounds may be used in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
  • Administration of compounds of Formulae (I), (II), (III) and (IV) to humans can be by any of the accepted modes for enteral administration such as oral or rectal, or by parenteral administration such as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal routes. Injection can be bolus or via constant or intermittent infusion.
  • the active compound is typically included in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and in an amount sufficient to deliver to the patient a therapeutically effective dose.
  • the compounds can be administered in any form or mode which makes the compound bioavailable.
  • One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the particular characteristics of the compound selected, the condition to be treated, the stage of the condition to be treated and other relevant circumstances. See Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences , 19 edition, Mack Publishing Co. (1995) for further information.
  • the compounds can be administered alone or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the compounds may be administered as the compounds themselves or in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or derivatives.
  • the compounds are, however, typically used in the form of pharmaceutical compositions which are formulated depending on the desired mode of administration.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III) or (IV) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the compositions are prepared in manners well known in the art.
  • kits comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
  • a pack or kit can be found a container having a unit dosage of the agent(s).
  • the kits can include a composition comprising an effective agent either as concentrates (including lyophilized compositions), which can be diluted further prior to use or they can be provided at the concentration of use, where the vials may include one or more dosages.
  • single dosages can be provided in sterile vials so that the physician can employ the vials directly, where the vials will have the desired amount and concentration of agent(s).
  • Associated with such container(s) can be various written materials such as instructions for use, or a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
  • the compounds may be used or administered in combination with one or more additional drug(s) for the treatment of the disorder/diseases mentioned.
  • the components can be administered in the same formulation or in separate formulations. If administered in separate formulations the compounds of the invention may be administered sequentially or simultaneously with the other drug(s).
  • the compounds may be used in a combination therapy.
  • the compounds are typically administered in combination with each other.
  • one or more of the compounds of the invention may be administered either simultaneously (as a combined preparation) or sequentially in order to achieve a desired effect. This is especially desirable where the therapeutic profile of each compound is different such that the combined effect of the two drugs provides an improved therapeutic result.
  • compositions of this invention for parenteral injection comprise pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use.
  • suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservative, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of micro-organisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminium monostearate and gelatin.
  • the compounds can be incorporated into slow release or targeted delivery systems such as polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilised, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilising agents in the form of sterile solid compositions that can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and gly
  • compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • the active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs.
  • the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethyl formamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such
  • the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavouring, and perfuming agents.
  • adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavouring, and perfuming agents.
  • Suspensions in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminium metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminium metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, patches, sprays, ointments and inhalants.
  • the active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
  • the amount of compound administered will preferably treat and reduce or alleviate the condition.
  • a therapeutically effective amount can be readily determined by an attending diagnostician by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. In determining the therapeutically effective amount a number of factors are to be considered including but not limited to, the species of animal, its size, age and general health, the specific condition involved, the severity of the condition, the response of the patient to treatment, the particular compound administered, the mode of administration, the bioavailability of the preparation administered, the dose regime selected, the use of other medications and other relevant circumstances.
  • a typical dosage will be a range from about 0.01 to 1000 mg per kilogram of body weight per day. Small doses (0.01-1 mg/kg per day) may be administered initially, followed by increasing doses up to about 1000 mg/kg per day. In the event that the response in a subject is insufficient at such doses, even higher doses (or effective higher doses by a different, more localised delivery route) may be employed to the extent patient tolerance permits.
  • a more preferred dosage will be in the range from 0.1 to 300 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, more preferably from 0.1 to 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day.
  • a suitable dose can be administered in multiple sub-doses per day.
  • the compounds may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are commercially available or can be synthesised using known procedures or adaptations thereof. Whilst the preparation of particular compounds is outlined below, the skilled person will also recognise that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other agents of the various embodiments. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by changing to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. A list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T. W. Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the various embodiments.
  • Reagents useful for synthesizing compounds may be obtained or prepared according to techniques known in the art.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) may be synthesized by N-acylation of aminobenzenes to acid chlorides which can be derived from the carboxylic acid.
  • the route used to synthesise the carboxylic acid precursors will depend on whether the precursor is an O—, S—, C- or N-based derivative.
  • ester or aldehyde precursor syntheses are shown below.
  • the ester or aldehyde precursors produced can be readily converted to the corresponding carboxylic acid using standard hydrolysis or oxidation reactions, respectively.
  • ester or aldehyde precursor syntheses are shown below.
  • the ester or aldehyde precursors produced can be readily converted to the corresponding carboxylic acid using standard hydrolysis or oxidation reactions, respectively.
  • Compounds of Formula (II) may be synthesized by N-acylation of aminobenzenes with acid chlorides which can be derived from the carboxylic acid.
  • Compounds of Formula (III) may be synthesized by N-acylation of commercially available aryl amines/amides to the corresponding cinnamoyl chloride, derived from the cinnamic acid:
  • Compounds of Formula (IV) may be synthesized by condensing 3-methyl-1H-quinoxalin-2-one, 2-methyl-4H-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one or, 2-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one with a substituted benzaldehyde to provide fused heterocyclic tranilast derivatives.
  • the intermediates can also be synthesized as shown below:
  • Substituted benzoxazoles, benzothiazoles, and benzimidazoles can be obtained by reaction of aldehydes with 2-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol and o-phenylenediamine, with 4-methoxy-TEMPO radical as the catalyst:
  • the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) and intermediates in their synthesis can be isolated from a reaction mixture using standard work-up and purification procedures. Suitable procedures include solvent extraction, chromatography (thin or thick layer chromatography, HPLC, flash chromatography, MPLC, etc.), recrystallisation etc.
  • the present invention includes salts of the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV).
  • the salts may serve as intermediates in the purification of compounds or in the preparation of other, for example pharmaceutically acceptable, acid addition salts, or they may be useful for identification, characterisation or purification.
  • the salts can exist in conjunction with the acidic or basic portion of the molecule and can exist as acid addition, primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary ammonium, alkali metal, or alkaline earth metal salts.
  • acid addition salts are prepared by the reaction of an acid with compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV).
  • the alkali metal and alkaline earth metal salts are generally prepared by the reaction of the hydroxide form of the desired metal salt with compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV).
  • Acid addition salts are preferably the pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic addition salts with suitable acids, such as those with inorganic acids, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, sulphuric or phosphoric acids, or with organic acids, such as organic carboxylic acids, for example, glycollic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, salicyclic, o-acetoxybenzoic, or organic sulphonic, 2-hydroxyethane sulphonic, toluene-p-sulphonic, or naphthalene-2-sulphonic acid.
  • suitable acids such as those with inorganic acids, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, sulphuric or phosphoric acids
  • organic acids such as organic carboxylic acids, for example, glycollic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, salicyclic, o-acetoxybenzoic, or
  • the present invention also includes esters of the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV), such esters being for example aliphatic esters such as alkyl esters.
  • the esters of the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) may be pharmaceutically acceptable metabolically labile esters. These are ester derivatives of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) that are hydrolysed in vivo to afford the compound of Formulae (I) to (IV) and a pharmaceutically acceptable alcohol.
  • metabolically labile esters include esters formed with alkanols in which the alkanol moiety may be optionally substituted by an alkoxy group, for example methanol, ethanol, propanol and methoxyethanol.
  • the compounds of the various embodiments may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described above, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available.
  • the person skilled in the art will recognise that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other compounds.
  • the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by changing to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions.
  • a list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T. W. Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3 rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • Reagents useful for synthesizing compounds may be obtained or prepared according to techniques known in the art.
  • FIG. 1 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT98 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 2 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT108 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 3 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT109 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 4 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT113 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 5 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT121 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 6 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT122 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 7 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT126 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 8 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT128 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 9 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT129 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 10 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT130 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • FIG. 11 Average % inhibition of TGF- ⁇ stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT132 at 10 ⁇ M, 30 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M (SEM).
  • An average % inhibition of greater than 100% indicates cell stress or death in FIGS. 5 , 6 and 9 .
  • Electrospray ionization (ESI) high resolution mass spectra (HRMS) were obtained on a Finnigan hybrid LTQ-FT mass spectrometer (Thermo Electron Corp.).
  • Proton nuclear magnetic resonance ( 1 H NMR) and proton decoupled carbon nuclear magnetic resonance ( 13 C NMR) spectra were obtained on Unity 400, Innova 400 or Innova 500 instruments (Melbourne, Australia) operating at 400 or 500 MHz for 1 H and at 100 or 125 MHz for 13 C. All signals were referenced to solvent peaks (CDCl 3 : 7.26 ppm for 1 H and 77.0 ppm for 13 C; DMSO-d 6 : 2.49 ppm for 1 H and 39.5 ppm for 13 C).
  • Infrared (IR) spectra were obtained using a PerkinElmer Spectrum One FT-IR spectrometer with zinc selenide/diamond Universal ATR Sampling Accessory. Melting points were obtained using a Reichert-Jung hot stage apparatus and are corrected.
  • Analytical thin layer chromatography (TLC) was conducted on 2 mm thick silica gel GF 254 . Compounds were visualised with solutions of 20% w/w phosphomolybdic acid in ethanol, 20% w/w potassium permanganate in water or under UV (365 nm). Flash chromatography was performed with Merck Silica Gel 60. Petrol refers to the fraction boiling at 40-60° C. All other reagents were used as received.
  • Piperidine (0.96 mL, 9.7 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (1.6 g, 9.7 mmol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (1.9 g, 8.6 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL).
  • the reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 4 h, then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene.
  • the piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (5.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) at 40° C. and the solution was acidified with concentrated HCl.
  • Propargyl bromide (293 mL, 80% w/v, 1.97 mol) was added to a suspension of vanillin (250 g, 1.64 mol) and potassium carbonate (681 g, 4.93 mol) in MeCN (2.0 L). The suspension was heated to reflux for 6 h and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Water was added and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, washed with water, brine and dried.
  • Piperidine (158 mL, 1.59 mol) was added to a suspension of 3-methoxy-4-propargyloxybenzaldehyde (302 g, 1.59 mol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (322 g, 1.44 mol) in toluene (1.5 L).
  • the reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 30 min. The reaction was then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene.
  • the piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (4 L) and water (1 L) at 50° C. and the solution was acidified with 50% aqueous AcOH.
  • Piperidine (100 ⁇ L, 1.01 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3,4-bis(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde (240 mg, 1.01 mmol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (204 mg, 0.92 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL).
  • the reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 30 min. The reaction was then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene.
  • the piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and water (2 mL) and the solution was acidified with 50% aqueous AcOH.
  • Piperidine (0.50 mL, 5.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.77 g, 5.1 mmol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL).
  • the reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 3 h, then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene.
  • the piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (12.0 mL) and water (12.0 mL) at 40° C. and the solution was acidified with concentrated HCl.
  • Piperidine (0.25 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.39 g, 2.5 mmol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (0.50 g, 2.2 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL).
  • the reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 3 h, then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene.
  • the piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (5.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) at 40° C. and the solution was acidified with concentrated HCl.
  • a well-characterised cloned rat mesangial cell line (Kakizaki Y, Kraft N, Atkins RC: Differential control of mesangial cell proliferation by interferon-gamma. Clin Exp Immunol 85:157-163, 1991) was cultured in DMEM (5 mM glucose) with 5% FBS, 100 U/mL penicillin, and 100 ug/mL streptomycin in humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere at 37 C. Cells were used up to passage 40.
  • TGF-beta 1 5 ng/mL (Peprotech) and tritiated proline (Perkin-Elmer, (2,3,4,5- 3 H)-proline) at 1 uCi/mLwere added and the incubation continued for a further 44 hours. Treatments were performed in triplicate.

Abstract

The present invention relates to arylcarbonyl and heteroarylcarbonyl anthranilate compounds that may be useful as anti-fibrotic agents. The present invention also relates to methods for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and uses of these compounds in the treatment disorders.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to compounds that may be useful in the treatment of medical conditions associated with tissue fibrosis. More particularly, the present invention relates to fused ring derivatives of 2-{[(2E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-enoyl]amino}benzoic acid, pharmaceutical compositions containing these derivative compounds, and uses of the derivative compounds in the treatment of certain conditions associated with tissue fibrosis.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Fibrosis occurs when excess fibrous connective tissue forms or develops in an organ or tissue. Fibrosis can occur as a part of the wound-healing process following tissue damage resulting from physical injury, inflammation, infection, exposure to toxins, and other causes. Examples of conditions associated with tissue fibrosis include dermal scar formation, keloids, liver fibrosis, kidney fibrosis (including diabetic nephropathy), hepatic cirrhosis, pulmonary interstitial fibrosis, glomerulonephritis, heart failure (ischaemic and non-ischaemic), diabetic nephropathy, scleroderma, excessive scar tissue post surgery or device insertion, progressive, kidney disease, hypertension, heart failure due to ischaemic heart disease, valvular heart disease, hypertensive heart disease, and hypertrophic scars.
  • The elaboration of extracellular matrix also has a role in fibroproliferative tumor progression and metastasis. Accordingly, strategies that reduce the accumulation of extracellular matrix have been advocated as potential therapies for the treatment and prevention of heart failure in both diabetic and nondiabetic states.
  • At present the pathogenic mechanism of fibrosis is not completely understood. In general, the proliferation and function of fibroblasts are closely controlled in normal conditions. However, in pathological states in which inflammation or tissue injury is serious or sustained, the tissue repair mechanism goes into overdrive and the control mechanism is abrogated. Excessive tissue repair is caused by over-production of connective tissue protein probably due to abnormal proliferation of fibroblasts and extracellular matrix dysbolism. The cytokines causing such a phenomenon include, fibroblast growth factor (FGF family), transforming growth factor (TGF-β), platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), etc.
  • Anti-inflammatory agents have been used to treat fibrosis with the aim of suppressing chronic inflammation, but such treatments can be unsatisfactory in terms of efficacy and side effects. Numerous studies have been performed to obtain substances that inhibit the production or the activity of the cytokines thought to be involved in fibrosis. Tranilast (n-[3,4-dimethoxycinnamoyl]anthranilic acid) is an anti-fibrotic agent used in Japan for the treatment of fibrotic skin disorders such as keloids and scleroderma. Although the precise mechanisms and mode of action of tranilast are incompletely understood, its ability to inhibit ERK phosphorylation, a major intermediate in the TGF-β signalling pathway, may underlie its antifibrotic effects, with known actions of tranilast including the inhibition of TGF-β-induced extracellular matrix production in a range of cell types. Tranilast has also been shown to attenuate TGF-β-induced collagen synthesis in cardiac fibroblasts, using an experimental model of diabetic cardiac disease, and to reduce inflammation in allergic diseases, such as allergic rhinitis and bronchial asthma, etc. In addition, tranilast has been shown to have anti-proliferative activity.
  • However, it has recently been shown that genetic factors in certain patients may confer-susceptibility to tranilast-induced hyperbilirubinemia. One possibility for how this may arise is the presence of Gilbert's syndrome polymorphisms of the glucuronosyltransferase UGTIAI, which leads to increased susceptibility to tranilast-induced hyperbilirubinemia. Such hyperbilirubinemia may result from the low level of UGT1A1 glucuronosyltransferase present in individuals with this syndrome. Tranilast itself, and its major metabolite N3 (4-desmethyl-tranilast), have been shown to be inhibitors of UGT1A1, potentially leading to aberrant metabolism of bilirubin and its accumulation.
  • Accordingly, compounds that are based on tranilast have the potential to provide further biologically active compounds that would be expected to have useful, improved pharmaceutical properties with potential anti-fibrotic, anti-inflammatory, and anti-proliferative or anti-neoplastic activity for the treatment or prevention of diseases associated with fibrosis, diseases characterised by inflammation or neoplastic disease (both benign and malignant), and as alternatives/adjuncts to tranilast.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound of Formula (I)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00001
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
      • W is selected from the group consisting of: CR7 and N;
      • A is selected from the group consisting of: —(CR8R9)p—(Y)q—(C(O))r—(CR10R11)s— and —(CR8R9)p—(C(O))r—(Y)q—(CR10R11)s—, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of: O, S, NR12, each p and s are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2, each q and r are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 0 and 1, and p+q+r+s is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3;
      • Z1-Z2 is selected from the group consisting of N—C═ and C═C;
      • X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C═O, CF2 or SO2, PO2;
      • X2 is selected from the group consisting of: NR13 and (CH2)t wherein t is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0 and 1;
      • D is selected from the group consisting of: a cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring;
      • R1, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C8-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14, CONR15R15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR15R15R16, NR15R16, and acyl;
      • R2 and R3, are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14, CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; or R2 and R3 may be fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring each of which may be optionally substituted;
      • R12, R13, R15, R16, and R17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18heteroaryl;
      • R14 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl;
      • m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
      • n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and
      • m+n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
  • As with any group of structurally related compounds which possess a particular utility, certain embodiments of variables of the compounds of the Formula (I), may be particularly useful in their end use application.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R2 is —X3—R18 and R3 is —X4—R19, wherein:
      • R18 and R19 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-C10 cyclokalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkylmethyl, C3-C10 alkene, C3-C10 alkyne, aryl, C5-C20 alkaryl, fused C5-C20 aryl or alkaryl and a hydrocarbon chain containing a heterocyclic or fused ring, any of which may be optionally substituted;
      • X3 and X4 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: a bond CR20R21, O, NR22 and S;
      • R20 and R21 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14, COR4, COOH, COOR14, CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; and
      • R22 is selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
  • This provides compounds of Formula (Ia):
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00002
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R18 and R19 are fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, D is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl, C2-C5 heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R5 is selected from the group consisting of: COOR14, COR14, CONR15R16, NR15R16, SO2R14 and SONR15R16. For example, R5 may be selected from the group consisting of: COOH, CONH2, CONHCH3, CONHOH, NH2, SO2CH3, SO2NH2, SONHCH3, and SON(CH3)2.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, D is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C2-C5 heteroaryl and the R5 substituent is ortho to X2. In some other embodiments, D is selected from the group consisting of C3-C6 cycloalkyl and C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl and the R5 substituent is either geminal or vicinal to X2.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R5 is selected from the group consisting of: H and halogen.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C═O and SO2.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, X2 is NR13.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R13 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, W is CR7.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R7 is H.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, A is selected from the group consisting of: CH, CH2CH2, CH═CH, O, OC(O), OC(S), OCH2, C(O)O, C(S)O, SCH2, SC(O), SC(S), S, SO2CH2, SO2, C(O)S, C(O)NH, C(S)S, NH, NH(CO), N, N═CH, and NHCH2.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, the optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy is C1-C12 fluoroalkyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, the optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy is C2-C12 alkynylalkyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C1-C6 alkoxy.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R4 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C1-C6alkoxy.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, R2 and R3 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF2CF2CO, OCH2CH2O, OCF2O, and OCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00003
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00004
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00005
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00006
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00007
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • In a second aspect, the present invention provides a compound of Formula (II)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00008
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
      • A is selected from the group consisting of: —(CR8R9)p—(Y)q—(C(O))r—(CR10R11)s— and —(CR8R9)p—(C(O))r—(Y)q—(CR10R11)s—, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of: O, S, and NR12, each p and s are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1, and 2, each q and r are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0 and 1, and p+q+r+s is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 1, 2, and 3;
      • X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C═O, CF2, and SO2, PO2;
      • X2 is selected from the group consisting of: NR13 or (CH2)t wherein t is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0 and 1;
      • D is selected from the group consisting of: a cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring;
      • R1, R2 and R3, are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted. C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14, CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; or R2 and R3 may be fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring each of which may be optionally substituted;
      • R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10 and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14, CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR4, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl;
      • R12, R13, R15, R16, and R17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, a N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl;
      • R14 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally, substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl;
      • m is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
      • n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and
      • m+n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R1 is —X3—R18 and R2 is —X4—R19, wherein:
      • R18 and R19 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cyclokalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkylmethyl, C3-C10 alkene, C3-C10 alkyne, aryl, C5-C20 alkaryl, fused C5-C20 aryl or alkaryl and a hydrocarbon chain containing a heterocyclic or fused ring, any of which may be optionally substituted;
      • X3 and X4 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: a bond CR20R21, O, NR22, and S;
      • R20 and R21 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR4, COR14, COOH, COOR14, CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; and
      • R22 is selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
  • This provides compounds of Formula (IIa):
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00009
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R2 is —X3—R18 and R3 is —X4—R19, wherein:
      • R18 and R19 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, C1-C10 alkyl, C3-C10 cyclokalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkylmethyl, C3-C10 alkene, C3-C10 alkyne, aryl, C5-C20 alkaryl, fused C5-C20 aryl or alkaryl and a hydrocarbon chain containing a heterocyclic or fused ring, any of which may be optionally substituted;
      • X3 and X4 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: a bond CR20R21, O, NR2, and S;
      • R20 and R21 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted. C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14, CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; and
      • R22 is selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
  • This provides compounds of Formula (IIb):
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00010
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R18 and R19 are fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, D is selected from the group consisting of: phenyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C2-C5 heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R5 is selected from the group consisting of: H, CN, NO2, and C1-C6alkyl.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R6 is selected from the group consisting of: COOR14, COR14, CONR15R16, NR15R16, and SO2R14 and SONR15R16.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R6 is selected from the group consisting of: COOH, CONH2, CONHOH, CONHCH3, NH2, SO2CH3, SO2NH2, SONHCH3, and SON(CH3)2.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, D is selected from the group consisting of phenyl and C2-C5 heteroaryl and the R6 substituent is ortho to X2.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, D is selected from the group consisting of C3-C6 cycloalkyl and C2-C5 heterocycloalkyl and the R6 substituent is either geminal or vicinal to X2.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R7 is selected from the group consisting of H and halogen.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C═O and SO2.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, X2 is NR13.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R13 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, A is selected from the group consisting of: CH2CH2, CH═CH, C(O)O, C(O)S, C(O)NR12, OC(O), SC(O), NR12C(O), CH2CH2CH2, CH═CHCH2, CH2CH═CH, OCH2CH2, SCH2CH2, NR12CH2CH2, CH2CH2O, CH2CH2S, CH2CH2NR12, C(O)OCH2, C(O)SCH2, C(O)NR12CH2, CH2OC(O), CH2SC(O), and CH2NR12C(O).
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R1, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, the optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy is C1-C12 fluoroalkyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, the optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy is C2-C12 alkynylalkyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R1 and R2 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF2CF2CO, OCH2CH2O, OCF2O, and OCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, R2 and R3 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF2CF2CO, OCH2CH2O, OCF2O, and OCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, the compound of Formula (II) is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00011
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00012
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00013
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • In a third aspect, the present invention provides a compound of Formula (III)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00014
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
      • A is selected from the group consisting of: —(CR9R10)p—(Y)q—(C(O))r(CR11R12)s— and —(CR9R10)p—(C(O))r—(Y)q—(CR11R12)s—, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of: O, S, NR13, each p and s are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1, and 2, each q and r are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0 and 1, and p+q+r+s is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 1, 2, and 3;
      • T is selected from the group consisting of: a single bond, a double bond, a triple bond and
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00015
      • X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C═O, CF2 or SO2, PO2;
      • X2 is selected from the group consisting of: CR17 and N;
      • Z1, Z2, Z3, and Z4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of CR8 and N;
      • R1, R4, R5, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R15, R16 and R17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR11, SO3H, SO2NR19R20, SO2R18, SONR19R20, SOR18, COR11, COOH, COOR18, CONR19R20, NR19COR20, NR19COOR18, NR19SO2R18, NR19CONR20R21, NR19R20, and acyl;
      • R2 and R3, are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR18, SO3H, SO2NR19R20, SO2R18, SONR11R20, SOR18, COR18, COOH, COOR18, CONR19R20, NR19COR18, NR19COOR18, NR19SO2R18, NR19CONR20R21, NR19R20, and acyl; or R2 and R3 may be fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted;
      • R6 and R7 are present when T is a single bond, a double bond or
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00016
  • but not when T is a triple bond, each R6 and R7 being independently selected from the group consisting of: H, NO2, CN, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR18, SO3H, SO2NR19R20, SO2R18, SONR19R20, SOR18, COR18, COOH, COOR18, CONR19R20, NR19COR18, NR19COOR18, NR11SO2R8, NR19CONR20R21, NR19R20, and acyl;
      • R13, R19, R2 and R21 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H: a N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl;
      • R18 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl; and
      • n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R2 is —X3—R22 and R3 is —X4—R23, wherein:
      • R22 and R23 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-C10 cyclokalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkylmethyl, C3-C10 alkene, C3-C10 alkyne, aryl, C5-C20 alkaryl, fused C5-C20 aryl or alkaryl and a hydrocarbon chain containing a heterocyclic or fused ring, any of which may be optionally substituted;
      • X3 and X4 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: a bond CR24R25, O, NR26, and S;
      • R24 and R25 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C8 e heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14, CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; and
      • R26 is selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R22 and R23 are fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted:
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C═O and SO2.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, X2 is N.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, A is selected from the group consisting of: CH2CH2CH2, CH2CH2O, CH2CH2S, CH2CH2NR13, CH2CH═CH, CH═CHCH2, CH═CHC(O), C(O)CH═CH, C═NC(O), CH2OC(O), C(O)OC(O), CH2SC(O), C(O)SC(O), C(O)OCH2, C(O)SCH2, C(O)CH2NR13, C(O)CH2S, C(O)CH2O, C(S)CH2O, OC(O), CH2O, C(O)O, CH2S, CH2NR13, CH2CH2, SC(O), C(S)O, C(O)S, C(S)S, C(O)NR13, C(S)NR13.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, the optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy is C1-C12 fluoroalkyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, the optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy is C2-C12 alkynylalkyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R2 and R3 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF2CF2CO, OCH2CH2O, OCF2O, and OCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, T is selected from the group consisting of: a double bond and
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00017
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R6 is selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-C6alkyl.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, CN, NO2 and C1-C6 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C1-C6alkoxy.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R4 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C1-C6 alkoxy.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R5 is H.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, COOR18, COR18, CONR19R20, R19R20, SO2R18, and SONR19R20.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, R8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, COOH, CONH2, CONHCH3, CONHOH, NH2, SO2CH3, SO2NH2, SONHCH3, and SON(CH3)2.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, n is 1.
  • In some embodiments of the third aspect of the invention the compound of Formula (III) is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00018
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00019
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00020
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00021
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00022
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00023
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • In a fourth aspect, the present invention provides a compound of Formula (IV)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00024
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein:
      • Z—X—Y is selected from the group consisting of: N═C—N, N—C═N, O—C═N, S—C═N, N═C—O, N═C—S, C═C—NH, C═C—O, C═C—S, and C(O)—C═N;
      • A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, SO2, C, C═S, C═O, C═NRB, and NR9;
      • T is selected from the group consisting of: a single bond, a double bond, a triple bond, and
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00025
      • Z1, Z2, Z3, and Z4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of CR8 and N;
      • R1, R4, R5, R8, R10, and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR13R14, SO2R12, SONR13R14, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR13R14, NR13COR12, NR13COOR12, NR13SO2R12, NR13CONR14R15, NR14R15, and acyl;
      • R2 and R3, are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted CrC12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted. C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR13R14, SO2R12, SONR13R14, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR13R14, NR13COR12, NR13COOR12, NR13SO2R12, NR13CONR14R15, NR14R15, and acyl; or R2 and R3 may be fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring each of which may be optionally substituted;
      • R6 and R7 are present when T is a single bond, a double bond or
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00026
  • but not when T is a triple bond, each R6 and R7 being independently selected from the group consisting of: H, NO2, CN, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR13R14, SO2R12, SONR13R14, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR13R14, NR13COR12, NR13COOR12, NR13SO2R12, NR13CONR14R15, NR14R15, and acyl;
      • R9, R13, R14, and R15 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl;
      • R12 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl; and
      • n is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R2 is —X2—R16 and R3 is —X3—R17, wherein:
      • R16 and R17 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-C10 cyclokalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkylmethyl, C3-C10 alkene, C3-C10 alkyne, aryl, C5-C20 alkaryl, fused C5-C20 aryl or alkaryl and a hydrocarbon chain containing a heterocyclic or fused ring, any of which may be optionally substituted;
      • X2 and X3 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: a bond CR18R19, O, NR20, and S;
      • R18 and R19 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR13R14, SO2R12, SONR13R14, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR13R14, NR13COR12, NR13COOR12, NR13SO2R12, NR13CONR14R15 NR14R15, and acyl; and
      • R20 is selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R16 and R17 are fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, the optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy is C1-C12 fluoroalkyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, the optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy is C2-C12 alkynylalkyloxy.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H3CO, F2HCF2CO, F2HCO, F3CO, and CHCCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R2 and R3 together are selected from the group consisting of: OCF2CF2CO, OCH2CH2O, OCF2O, and OCH2O.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, T is selected from the group consisting of: a double bond and
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00027
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R6 is selected from the group consisting of: H and C1-C6alkyl.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R7 is selected from the group consisting of: H, CN, NO2, and C1-C6 alkyl.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R1 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C1-C6 alkoxy.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R4 is selected from the group consisting of: H and optionally substituted C1-C6 alkoxy.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R5 is H.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, COOR12, COR12, CONR13R14, NR13R14, SO2R12, and SONR13R14.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, R8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, COOH, CONH2, CONHOH, CONHCH3, NH2, SO2CH3, SO2NH2, SONHCH3, and SON(CH3)2.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, n is 1.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth, aspect of the invention, the R8 group is in the position ortho to the Y group.
  • In some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention the compound of formula (IV) is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00028
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00029
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00030
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00031
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00032
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
  • The present invention also provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis, the method including administering to a subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention. The disease or condition may be selected from the group consisting of fibrotic skin disorders, lung disease, heart disease and kidney disease.
  • The present invention also provides a method of treating a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease, the method including administering to a subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention.
  • The present invention also provides a method of inhibiting fibrosis in a subject, the method including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention.
  • The present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention to inhibit fibrosis.
  • The present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention in the treatment of a disease or condition associated with fibrosis.
  • The present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention in the treatment of a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
  • The present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis.
  • The present invention also provides a use of a compound of any of the aforementioned first, second, third or fourth aspects of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • In this specification a number of terms are used which are well known to a skilled addressee. Nevertheless for the purposes of clarity a number of terms will be defined.
  • As used herein, the term “unsubstituted” means that there is no substituent or that the only substituents are hydrogen.
  • The term “optionally substituted” as used throughout the specification denotes that the group may or may not be further substituted or fused (so as to form a condensed polycyclic system), with one or more non-hydrogen substituent groups. In certain embodiments the substituent groups are one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, ═O, ═S, —CN, —NO2, —CF3, —OCF3, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkenyl, heterocycloalkylalkenyl, arylalkenyl, heteroarylalkenyl, cycloalkylheteroalkyl, heterocycloalkylheteroalkyl, arylheteroalkyl, heteroarylheteroalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycycloalkyl, alkoxyheterocycloalkyl, alkoxyaryl, alkoxyheteroaryl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyloxy, cycloalkenyloxy, heterocycloalkyloxy, heterocycloalkenyloxy, aryloxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, aminoalkyl, arylamino, sulfonylamino, sulfinylamino, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, aminosulfinylaminoalkyl, —COOH, —COR11, —C(O)OR11, CONHR11, NHCOR11, NHCOOR11, NHCONHR11, C(═NOH)R11, —SH, —SR11, —OR11 and acyl.
  • “Alkyl” as a group or part of a group refers to a straight or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, preferably a C1-C14 alkyl, more preferably C1-C10 alkyl, most preferably C1-C6 unless otherwise noted. Examples of suitable straight and branched C1-C6 alkyl substituents include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 2-propyl; n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, hexyl, and the like. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkylamino” includes both mono-alkylamino and dialkylamino, unless specified. “Mono-alkylamino” means a —NH-Alkyl group, in which alkyl is as defined above. “Dialkylamino” means a —N(alkyl)2 group, in which each alkyl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for alkyl. The alkyl group is preferably a C1-C6 alkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Arylamino” includes both mono-arylamino and di-arylamino unless specified. Mono-arylamino means a group of formula aryl NH—, in which aryl is as defined herein. di-arylamino means a group of formula (aryl)2N— where each aryl may be the same or different and are each as defined herein for aryl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Acyl” means an alkyl-CO— group in which the alkyl group is as described herein. Examples of acyl include acetyl and benzoyl. The alkyl group is preferably a C1-C6 alkyl group. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkenyl” as a group or part of a group denotes an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having 2-14 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-12 carbon atoms, most preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, in the normal chain. The group may contain a plurality of double bonds in the normal chain and the orientation about each is independently E or Z. Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl, octenyl and nonenyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkoxy” refers to an —O-alkyl group in which alkyl is defined herein. Preferably the alkoxy is a C1-C6 alkoxy. Examples include, but are not limited to, methoxy and ethoxy. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkenyloxy” refers to an —O— alkenyl group in which alkenyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkenyloxy groups are C1-C6 alkenyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkynyloxy” refers to an —O-alkynyl group in which alkynyl is as defined herein. Preferred alkynyloxy groups are C1-C6 alkynyloxy groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkoxycarbonyl” refers to an —C(O)—O-alkyl group in which alkyl is as defined herein. The alkyl group is preferably a C1-C8 alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to, methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkylsulfinyl” means a —S(O)-alkyl group in which alkyl is as defined above. The alkyl group is preferably a C1-C6 alkyl group. Exemplary alkylsulfinyl groups include, but not limited to, methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkylsulfonyl” refers to a —S(O)2-alkyl group in which alkyl is as defined above. The alkyl group is preferably a C1-C6 alkyl group. Examples include, but not limited to methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkynyl” as a group or part of a group means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched preferably having from 2-14 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms in the normal chain. Exemplary structures include, but are not limited to, ethynyl and propynyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Alkylaminocarbonyl” refers to an alkylamino-carbonyl group in which alkylamino is as defined above. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated, monocyclic or fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycie preferably containing from 3 to 9 carbons per ring, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like, unless otherwise specified. It includes monocyclic systems such as cyclopropyl and cyclohexyl, bicyclic systems such as decalin, and polycyclic systems such as adamantane. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Cycloalkenyl” means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and preferably having from 5-10 carbon atoms per ring. Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkenyl rings include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl. The cycloalkenyl group may be substituted by one or more substituent groups. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • The above discussion of alkyl and cycloalkyl substituents also applies to the alkyl portions of other substituents, such as without limitation, alkoxy, alkyl amines, alkyl ketones, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylsulfonyl and alkyl ester substituents and the like.
  • “Cycloalkylalkyl” means a cycloalkyl-alkyl-group in which the cycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as previously described. Exemplary monocycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl and cycloheptylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Halogen” represents fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • “Heterocycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated monocyclic, bicyclic, or polycyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur, oxygen, preferably from 1 to 3 heteroatoms in at least one ring. Each ring is preferably from 3 to 10 membered, more preferably 4 to 7 membered. Examples of suitable heterocycloalkyl substituents include pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, piperidyl, piperazyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morphilino, 1,3-diazapane, 1,4-diazapane, 1,4-oxazepane, and 1,4-oxathiapane. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Heterocycloalkenyl” refers to a heterocycloalkyl as described above but containing at least one double bond. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Heterocycloalkylalkyl” refers to a heterocycloalkyl-alkyl group in which the heterocycloalkyl and alkyl moieties are as previously described. Exemplary heterocycloalkylalkyl groups include (2-tetrahydrofuryl)methyl, (2-tetrahydrothiofuranyl)methyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Heteroalkyl” refers to a straight- or branched-chain alkyl group preferably having from 2 to 14 carbons, more preferably 2 to 10 carbons in the chain, one or more of which has been replaced by a heteroatom selected from S, O, P and N. Exemplary heteroalkyls include alkyl ethers, secondary and tertiary alkyl amines, amides, alkyl sulfides, and the like. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group. As used herein reference to the normal chain when used in the context of a bridging group refers to the direct chain of atoms linking the two terminal positions of the bridging group.
  • “Aryl” as a group or part of a group denotes (i) an optionally substituted monocyclic, or fused polycyclic, aromatic carbocycle (ring structure having ring atoms that are all carbon) preferably having from 5 to 12 atoms per ring. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like; (ii) an optionally substituted partially saturated bicyclic aromatic carbocyclic moiety in which a phenyl and a C5-7 cycloalkyl or C5-7cycloalkenyl group are fused together to form a cyclic structure, such as tetrahydronaphthyl, indenyl or indanyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Arylalkenyl” means an aryl-alkenyl-group in which the aryl and alkenyl are as previously described. Exemplary arylalkenyl groups include phenylallyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl-group in which the aryl and alkyl moieties are as previously described. Preferred arylalkyl groups contain a C15 alkyl moiety. Exemplary arylalkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl and naphthelenemethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Heteroaryl” either alone or part of a group refers to groups containing an aromatic ring (preferably a 5 or 6 membered aromatic ring) having one or more heteroatoms as ring atoms in the aromatic ring with the remainder of the ring atoms being carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur. Examples of heteroaryl include thiophene, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2,3-b]thiophene, furan, isoindolizine, xantholene, phenoxatine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indole, isoindole, 1H-indazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, cinnoline, carbazole, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazole, phenothiazine, oxazole, isooxazole, furazane, phenoxazine, 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, or 8-quinolyl, 1-, 3-, 4-, or 5-isoquinolinyl 1-, 2-, or 3-indolyl, and 2-, or 3-thienyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Heteroarylalkyl” means a heteroaryl-alkyl group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl moieties are as previously described. Preferred heteroarylalkyl groups contain a lower alkyl moiety. Exemplary heteroarylalkyl groups include pyridylmethyl. The group may be a terminal group or a bridging group.
  • “Lower alkyl” as a group means unless otherwise specified, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the chain, more preferably 1 to 4 carbons such as methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl or isopropyl) or butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl or tertiary-butyl). The group may be a termirial group or a bridging group.
  • As would be understood by the skilled person, throughout the synthesis of the compounds of Formulae (I), (II), (III) and (IV) it may be necessary to employ a protecting group on the amino group and/or on the carboxyl group in order to reversibly preserve a reactive amino or carboxyl functionality while reacting other functional groups on the compound. In such a case, the free amino group and/or the free carboxyl groups of the compounds of Formulae (I), (II), (III) and (IV) can be liberated either by deprotection of the amino group followed by deprotection of the acid moieties or vice versa.
  • Examples of suitable amino protecting groups that may be used include formyl, trityl, phthalimido, trichloroacetyl, chloroacetyl, bromoacetyl, iodoacetyl, and urethane-type blocking groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl (‘CBz’), 4-phenylbenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-fluorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 3-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2,4-dichlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 3-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-cyanobenzyloxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (‘tBoc’), 2-(4-xenyl)-isopropoxycarbonyl, 1,1-diphenyleth-1-yloxycarbonyl, 1,1-diphenylprop-1-yloxycarbonyl, 2-phenylprop-2-yloxycarbonyl, 2-(p-toluoyl)-prop-2-yloxycarbonyl, cyclopentanyloxy-carbonyl, 1-methylcyclopentanyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexanyloxycarbonyl, 1-methylcyclohexanyloxycarbonyl, 2-methylcyclohexanyloxycarbonyl; 2-(4-toluoylsulfono)-ethoxycarbonyl, 2-(methylsulfono)ethoxycarbonyl, 2-(triphenylphosphino)-ethoxycarbonyl, fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (“FMOC”), 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 1-(trimethylsilylmethyl)prop-1-enyloxycarbonyl, 5-benzisoxalylmethoxycarbonyl, 4-acetoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethynyl-2-propoxycarbonyl, cyclopropylmethoxycarbonyl, 4-(decycloxy)benzyloxycarbonyl, isobornyloxycarbonyl, 1-piperidyloxycarbonlyl and the like; benzoylmethylsulfono group, 2-nitrophenylsulfenyl, diphenylphosphine oxide, and the like. The actual amino protecting group employed is not critical so long as the derivatised amino group is stable to the condition of subsequent reaction(s) and can be selectively removed as required without substantially disrupting the remainder of the molecule including any other amino protecting group(s). Preferred amino-protecting groups are t-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), and benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz). Further examples of these groups are found in: Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second edition; Wiley-Interscience: 1991; Chapter 7; McOmie, J. F. W. (ed.), Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, 1973; and Kocienski, P. J., Protecting Groups, Second Edition, Theime Medical Pub., 2000.
  • Examples of carboxyl protecting groups that may be used include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, p-nitrobenzyl, p-methylbenzyl, p-methoxybenzyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzyl, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl, pentamethylbenzyl, 3,4-methylenedioxybenzyl, benzhydryl, 4,4′-dimethoxybenzhydryl, 2,2′4,4′-tetramethoxybenzhydryl, t-butyl, t-amyl, trityl, 4-methoxytrityl, 4,4′-dimethoxytrityl, 4,4,′4″-trimethoxytrityl, 2-phenylprop-2-yl, trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, phenacyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 3-(di(n-butyl)methylsilyl)ethyl, p-toluenesulfonoethyl, 4-nitrobenzylsulfonoethyl, allyl, cinnamyl, 1-(trimethylsilylmethyl)prop-1-en-3-yl, and the like. Preferred carboxyl protecting groups are methyl and t-butyl. Further examples of these groups are found in: Greene, T. W. and Wuts, P. G. M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second edition; Wiley-Interscience: 1991; McOmie, J. F. W. (ed.), Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, 1973; and Kocienski, P. J., Protecting Groups, Second Edition, Theime Medical Pub., 2000.
  • It is understood that included in the family of compounds of Formulae (I), (II), (III) and (IV) are isomeric forms including diastereoisomers, enantiomers, tautomers, and geometrical isomers in “E” or “Z” configurational isomer or a mixture of E and Z isomers. It is also understood that some isomeric forms such as diastereomers, enantiomers; and geometrical isomers can be separated by physical and/or chemical methods and by those skilled in the art.
  • Some of the compounds of the disclosed embodiments may exist as single stereoisomers, racemates, and/or mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers. All such single stereoisomers, racemates and mixtures thereof, are intended to be within the scope of the subject matter described and claimed.
  • Some of the compounds of the disclosed embodiments are substituted cyclopropanes having the general formula
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00033
  • The structure shown is intended to include isomeric forms of the cyclopropanes including diastereoisomers and enantiomers.
  • Additionally, Formulae (I) to (IV) are intended to cover, where applicable, solvated as well as unsolvated forms of the compounds. Thus, each formula includes compounds having the indicated structure, including the hydrated as well as the non-hydrated forms.
  • In addition to compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV), the compounds of the various embodiments include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, N-oxides and active metabolites of such compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such metabolites.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts that retain the desired biological activity of the above-identified compounds, and include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and base addition salts. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids are hydrochloric, sulfuric, and phosphoric acid. Appropriate organic acids may be selected from aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, fumaric, maleic, alkyl sulfonic, arylsulfonic. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) include metallic salts made from lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, aluminium, and zinc, and organic salts made from organic bases such as choline, diethanolamine, morpholine. Other examples of organic salts are: ammonium salts, quaternary salts such as tetramethylammonium salt; amino acid addition salts such as salts with glycine and arginine. Additional information on pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1995. In the case of agents that are solids, it is understood by those skilled in the art that the inventive compounds, agents and salts may exist in different crystalline or polymorphic forms, all of which are intended to be within the scope of the present invention and specified formulae.
  • “Prodrug” means a compound which is convertible in vivo by metabolic means (e.g. by hydrolysis, reduction or oxidation) to a compound of Formulae (I) to (IV). For example an ester prodrug of a compound of Formulae (I) to (IV) containing a hydroxyl group may be convertible, by hydrolysis in, vivo to the parent molecule. Suitable esters of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) containing a hydroxyl group, are for example acetates, citrates, lactates, tartrates, malonates, oxalates, salicylates, propionates, succinates, fumarates, maleates, methylene-bis-β-hydroxynaphthoates, gestisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methanesulphonates, ethanesulphonates, benzenesulphonates, p-toluenesulphonates, cyclohexylsulphamates and quinates. As another example an ester prodrug of a compound of Formulae (I) to (IV) containing a carboxy group may be convertible by hydrolysis in vivo to the parent molecule. (Examples of ester prodrugs are those described by F. J. Leinweber, Drug Metab. Res., 18:379; 1987).
  • The terms “treating”, “treat”, or “treatment” refer generally to amelioration or elimination of a named condition once the condition has been established. The term “prophylaxis” refers generally to treatment to prevent the onset of a named condition or of a process that can lead to the condition (“primary.” prophylaxis), or the recurrence of symptoms of a condition.
  • The term “subject” refers generally to any warm blooded animal such as; but not limited to, a mouse, guinea pig, dog, horse, or human. In an embodiment, the subject is human.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amount” or “effective amount” is an amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired clinical results. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations. An effective amount is typically sufficient to palliate, ameliorate, stabilize, reverse, slow or delay the progression of the disease state.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers generally to a substance or composition that is compatible chemically and/or toxicologically with the other ingredients including a formulation, and/or the subject being treated.
  • The term “compounds of the present invention” (unless specifically identified otherwise) refers generally to compounds, prodrugs thereof, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds and/or prodrugs, and hydrates or solvates of the compounds, salts, and/or prodrugs, as well as all stereoisomers (including diastereoisomers and enantiomers), tautomers and isotopically labelled compounds. The compounds of the present invention may exist, in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • The term “derivative thereof” when used in reference to compounds of the present invention refers generally to prodrugs, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds and/or prodrugs, and hydrates or solvates of the compounds, salts, and/or prodrugs.
  • Compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula (I)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00034
  • wherein W, A, Y, Z1-Z2, p, s, q, r, X1, X2, t, D, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14R15, R18, R17, m, and n are as previously defined in relation to Formula (I).
  • Compounds of the present invention also include compounds of Formula (II)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00035
  • wherein A, Y, p, s, q, r, X1, X2, D, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R18, R17, m, and n are as previously defined in relation to Formula (II).
  • Compounds of the present invention also include compounds of Formula (III)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00036
  • wherein A, Y, p, s, T, X1, X2, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20 and R21 and n are as previously defined in relation to Formula (III).
  • Compounds of the present invention also include compounds of Formula (IV)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00037
  • wherein: Z—X—Y, A, T, Z1, Zz, Z3, Z4, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15 and n are as previously defined in relation to Formula (IV).
  • Specific compounds of the invention include the following:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00038
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00039
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00040
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00041
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00042
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00043
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00044
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00045
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00046
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00047
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00048
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00049
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00050
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00051
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00052
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00053
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00054
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00055
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00056
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00057
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00058
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00059
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00060
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • It will be evident from the foregoing description that compounds of the present invention are fused ring analogues of tranilast (2-{[(2E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-enoyl]amino}benzoic acid). As such, the compounds of the invention may have the ability to inhibit ERK phosphorylation and, therefore, act as an antifibrotic agent when administered to a subject. However, the compounds of the present invention are not limited to antifibrotic agents that act via inhibition of ERK phosphorylation and it is possible for them to have antifibrotic activity via a mechanism that does not involve inhibition of ERK phosphorylation.
  • Accordingly the compounds of the invention may find a multiple number of applications in which their ability to prevent, ameliorate or inhibit fibrosis can be utilised. For example compounds of Formulae (I), (II), (III) and (IV) may be used to treat a disease or condition associated with fibrosis or characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
  • The disease or condition associated with fibrosis may be selected from fibrotic skin disorders, such as keloids, hypertrophic scars and scleroderma; lung disease, such as pulmonary fibrosis; heart disease, such as heart failure due to ischaemic heart disease, valvular heart disease and hypertensive heart disease, diabetic cardiomyopathy and hypertension; and kidney disease, such as progressive kidney disease, cirrhosis of the liver, glomerulonephritis and diabetic nephropathy. In specific embodiments, the disease or condition is diabetic heart disease, diabetic kidney disease, or diabetic cardiomyopathy.
  • Diabetic cardiomyopathy refers to any one or more cardiac pathology and/or dysfunction in a subject, which is a complication of either Type I or Type II diabetes in the subject. The diabetes may be symptomatic or asymptomatic. Cardiac pathology which is characteristic of diabetic cardiomyopathy includes myocellular hypertrophy, myocardial fibrosis, and in some cases left ventricular hypertrophy. The pathologies which are contemplated arise independently from complications arising from coronary artery disease, although both diabetic complications and coronary artery complications may be present in the same subject. Diastolic dysfunction, such as an impairment in early diastolic filling, a prolongation of isovolumetric relaxation and increased atrial filling is also characteristic of diabetic cardiomyopathy, and may be identified using Doppler methods such as Doppler 2-dimensional echocardiography (for example Redford M M et al., JAMA (2003) 289:194-203) or radionuclide imaging for early or mild dysfunction and by standard echocardiograph testing for more severe dysfunction.
  • Cardiac fibrosis refers to the formation of fibrous tissue, including cellular and extracellular components, in the lining and muscle of the heart. If present in sufficient quantities, the fibrous tissue will result in a decrease in the contractility of one or more regions of the heart, resulting in functional deficit in cardiac output.
  • Alternatively, or in addition, it is also anticipated that the compounds will be useful in the treatment of a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease. The disease or condition characterised by inflammation may be selected from allergic rhinitis, bronchial asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, type I and type II diabetes, systemic lupus, erythematosis, transplant rejection and inflammatory bowel disease. The benign or malignant neoplastic disease may be any such disease known to the skilled person.
  • The compounds may be used in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis. Alternatively, the compounds of the invention may be used in the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease.
  • Administration of compounds of Formulae (I), (II), (III) and (IV) to humans can be by any of the accepted modes for enteral administration such as oral or rectal, or by parenteral administration such as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous and intradermal routes. Injection can be bolus or via constant or intermittent infusion. The active compound is typically included in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and in an amount sufficient to deliver to the patient a therapeutically effective dose.
  • In using the compounds they can be administered in any form or mode which makes the compound bioavailable. One skilled in the art of preparing formulations can readily select the proper form and mode of administration depending upon the particular characteristics of the compound selected, the condition to be treated, the stage of the condition to be treated and other relevant circumstances. See Remingtons Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19 edition, Mack Publishing Co. (1995) for further information.
  • The compounds can be administered alone or in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compounds may be administered as the compounds themselves or in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or derivatives.
  • The compounds are, however, typically used in the form of pharmaceutical compositions which are formulated depending on the desired mode of administration. As such in a further embodiment the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound of Formula (I), (II), (III) or (IV) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compositions are prepared in manners well known in the art.
  • The invention in other embodiments provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers filled with one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. In such a pack or kit can be found a container having a unit dosage of the agent(s). The kits can include a composition comprising an effective agent either as concentrates (including lyophilized compositions), which can be diluted further prior to use or they can be provided at the concentration of use, where the vials may include one or more dosages. Conveniently, in the kits, single dosages can be provided in sterile vials so that the physician can employ the vials directly, where the vials will have the desired amount and concentration of agent(s). Associated with such container(s) can be various written materials such as instructions for use, or a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
  • The compounds may be used or administered in combination with one or more additional drug(s) for the treatment of the disorder/diseases mentioned. The components can be administered in the same formulation or in separate formulations. If administered in separate formulations the compounds of the invention may be administered sequentially or simultaneously with the other drug(s).
  • In addition to being able to be administered in combination with one or more additional drugs, the compounds may be used in a combination therapy. When this is done the compounds are typically administered in combination with each other. Thus one or more of the compounds of the invention may be administered either simultaneously (as a combined preparation) or sequentially in order to achieve a desired effect. This is especially desirable where the therapeutic profile of each compound is different such that the combined effect of the two drugs provides an improved therapeutic result.
  • Pharmaceutical, compositions of this invention for parenteral injection comprise pharmaceutically acceptable sterile aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions as well as sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use. Examples of suitable aqueous and nonaqueous carriers, diluents, solvents or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants.
  • These compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservative, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of micro-organisms may be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form may be brought about by the inclusion of agents that delay absorption such as aluminium monostearate and gelatin.
  • If desired, and for more effective distribution, the compounds can be incorporated into slow release or targeted delivery systems such as polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres.
  • The injectable formulations can be sterilised, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilising agents in the form of sterile solid compositions that can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium just prior to use.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally contain opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • The active compounds can also be in microencapsulated form, if appropriate, with one or more of the above-mentioned excipients.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethyl formamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavouring, and perfuming agents.
  • Suspensions, in addition to the active compounds, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminium metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar, and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
  • Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
  • Dosage forms for topical administration of a compound of this invention include powders, patches, sprays, ointments and inhalants. The active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
  • The amount of compound administered will preferably treat and reduce or alleviate the condition. A therapeutically effective amount can be readily determined by an attending diagnostician by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. In determining the therapeutically effective amount a number of factors are to be considered including but not limited to, the species of animal, its size, age and general health, the specific condition involved, the severity of the condition, the response of the patient to treatment, the particular compound administered, the mode of administration, the bioavailability of the preparation administered, the dose regime selected, the use of other medications and other relevant circumstances.
  • A typical dosage will be a range from about 0.01 to 1000 mg per kilogram of body weight per day. Small doses (0.01-1 mg/kg per day) may be administered initially, followed by increasing doses up to about 1000 mg/kg per day. In the event that the response in a subject is insufficient at such doses, even higher doses (or effective higher doses by a different, more localised delivery route) may be employed to the extent patient tolerance permits. A more preferred dosage will be in the range from 0.1 to 300 mg per kilogram of body weight per day, more preferably from 0.1 to 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day. A suitable dose can be administered in multiple sub-doses per day.
  • The compounds may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are commercially available or can be synthesised using known procedures or adaptations thereof. Whilst the preparation of particular compounds is outlined below, the skilled person will also recognise that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other agents of the various embodiments. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by changing to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. A list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T. W. Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the various embodiments.
  • Reagents useful for synthesizing compounds may be obtained or prepared according to techniques known in the art.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) may be synthesized by N-acylation of aminobenzenes to acid chlorides which can be derived from the carboxylic acid.
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00061
  • The route used to synthesise the carboxylic acid precursors will depend on whether the precursor is an O—, S—, C- or N-based derivative.
  • C-Based:
  • Carboxylic acid, ester and aldehyde precursor syntheses are shown below. The ester or aldehyde precursors produced can be readily converted to the corresponding carboxylic acid using standard hydrolysis or oxidation reactions, respectively.
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00062
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00063
  • O-Based:
  • Carboxylic acid, ester and aldehyde precursor syntheses are shown below. The ester or aldehyde precursors produced can be readily converted to the corresponding carboxylic acid using standard hydrolysis or oxidation reactions, respectively.
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00064
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00065
  • S-Based:
  • Ester syntheses are shown below. These methyl and ethyl ester precursors can be readily converted to the corresponding carboxylic acid in one step.
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00066
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00067
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00068
  • N-Based:
  • Ester syntheses are shown below. These methyl and ethyl ester precursors can be readily converted to the corresponding carboxylic acid in one step.
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00069
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00070
  • Compounds of Formula (II) may be synthesized by N-acylation of aminobenzenes with acid chlorides which can be derived from the carboxylic acid.
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00071
  • Synthetic schemes to synthesize 5,6-heterocyclic carboxylic acid precursors are shown below:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00072
  • Synthetic schemes to synthesize 6,6-heterocyclic carboxylic acid precursors are shown below:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00073
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00074
  • Compounds of Formula (III) may be synthesized by N-acylation of commercially available aryl amines/amides to the corresponding cinnamoyl chloride, derived from the cinnamic acid:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00075
  • A list of commercially available precursors and their corresponding CAS numbers is shown below. Each of these can be N-acylated by reacting with a corresponding cinnamoyl chloride.
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00076
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00077
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00078
  • Compounds of Formula (IV) may be synthesized by condensing 3-methyl-1H-quinoxalin-2-one, 2-methyl-4H-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one or, 2-methyl-3H-quinazolin-4-one with a substituted benzaldehyde to provide fused heterocyclic tranilast derivatives. The intermediates can also be synthesized as shown below:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00079
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00080
  • Substituted benzoxazoles, benzothiazoles, and benzimidazoles can be obtained by reaction of aldehydes with 2-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol and o-phenylenediamine, with 4-methoxy-TEMPO radical as the catalyst:
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00081
    Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00082
  • The compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) and intermediates in their synthesis can be isolated from a reaction mixture using standard work-up and purification procedures. Suitable procedures include solvent extraction, chromatography (thin or thick layer chromatography, HPLC, flash chromatography, MPLC, etc.), recrystallisation etc.
  • The present invention includes salts of the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV). The salts may serve as intermediates in the purification of compounds or in the preparation of other, for example pharmaceutically acceptable, acid addition salts, or they may be useful for identification, characterisation or purification. The salts can exist in conjunction with the acidic or basic portion of the molecule and can exist as acid addition, primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary ammonium, alkali metal, or alkaline earth metal salts. Generally, acid addition salts are prepared by the reaction of an acid with compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV). The alkali metal and alkaline earth metal salts are generally prepared by the reaction of the hydroxide form of the desired metal salt with compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV).
  • Acid addition salts are preferably the pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic addition salts with suitable acids, such as those with inorganic acids, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, sulphuric or phosphoric acids, or with organic acids, such as organic carboxylic acids, for example, glycollic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, salicyclic, o-acetoxybenzoic, or organic sulphonic, 2-hydroxyethane sulphonic, toluene-p-sulphonic, or naphthalene-2-sulphonic acid.
  • The present invention also includes esters of the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV), such esters being for example aliphatic esters such as alkyl esters. The esters of the compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) may be pharmaceutically acceptable metabolically labile esters. These are ester derivatives of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) that are hydrolysed in vivo to afford the compound of Formulae (I) to (IV) and a pharmaceutically acceptable alcohol. Examples of metabolically labile esters include esters formed with alkanols in which the alkanol moiety may be optionally substituted by an alkoxy group, for example methanol, ethanol, propanol and methoxyethanol.
  • The compounds of the various embodiments may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described above, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available. The person skilled in the art will recognise that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other compounds. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g. by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by changing to other suitable reagents known in the art, or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. A list of suitable protecting groups in organic synthesis can be found in T. W. Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. Reagents useful for synthesizing compounds may be obtained or prepared according to techniques known in the art.
  • The anti-fibrotic effects of compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) can be tested using any of the following methods:
      • (i) In a renal cell line by measuring proline incorporation after transforming growth factor-β stimulation;
      • (ii) Matrix synthesis may be stimulated by platelet derived growth factor (PDGF). Accordingly, mesangial cells incubated with PDGF can be used to demonstrate proline incorporation, which is an indicator of matrix synthesis and thereby a model for fibrosis; or
      • (iii) Matrix synthesis may be stimulated by both angiotensin II or transforming growth factor beta (TGF-β). Accordingly, neonatal cardiac fibroblasts incubated with angiotensin II or TGF-β can be used to demonstrate proline incorporation, which is an indicator of matrix synthesis and thereby a model for fibrosis.
    BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT98 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 2: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT108 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 3: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT109 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 4: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT113 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 5: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT121 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 6: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT122 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 7: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT126 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 8: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT128 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 9: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT129 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 10: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT130 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
  • FIG. 11: Average % inhibition of TGF-β stimulated proline incorporation by compound FT132 at 10 μM, 30 μM and 100 μM (SEM).
    •
  • An average % inhibition of greater than 100% indicates cell stress or death in FIGS. 5, 6 and 9.
  • Examples of materials and methods for use with the compounds of the present invention will now be provided. In providing these examples, it is to be understood that the specific nature of the following description is not to limit the generality of the above description.
    • EXAMPLES Experimental
  • Electrospray ionization (ESI) high resolution mass spectra (HRMS) were obtained on a Finnigan hybrid LTQ-FT mass spectrometer (Thermo Electron Corp.). Proton nuclear magnetic resonance (1H NMR) and proton decoupled carbon nuclear magnetic resonance (13C NMR) spectra were obtained on Unity 400, Innova 400 or Innova 500 instruments (Melbourne, Australia) operating at 400 or 500 MHz for 1H and at 100 or 125 MHz for 13C. All signals were referenced to solvent peaks (CDCl3: 7.26 ppm for 1H and 77.0 ppm for 13C; DMSO-d6: 2.49 ppm for 1H and 39.5 ppm for 13C). Infrared (IR) spectra were obtained using a PerkinElmer Spectrum One FT-IR spectrometer with zinc selenide/diamond Universal ATR Sampling Accessory. Melting points were obtained using a Reichert-Jung hot stage apparatus and are corrected. Analytical thin layer chromatography (TLC) was conducted on 2 mm thick silica gel GF254. Compounds were visualised with solutions of 20% w/w phosphomolybdic acid in ethanol, 20% w/w potassium permanganate in water or under UV (365 nm). Flash chromatography was performed with Merck Silica Gel 60. Petrol refers to the fraction boiling at 40-60° C. All other reagents were used as received.
    • Synthesis of Compounds of Formulae (I) to (IV) (E)-3-[2-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)ethenyl]-4H-1,2,4-benzothiadiazine-1,1-dioxide (FT98)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00083
  • 2-Aminobenzenesulfonamide (0.25 g, 1.4 mmol) was added to a suspension of (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (0.25 g, 1.2 mmol), HBTU (0.55 g, 1.4 mmol) and NEt3 (0.67 mL, 4.8 mmol) in MeCN (5 mL) and the reaction was stirred at rt for 16 h. Extra NEt3 (0.67 mL, 4.8 mmol) in MeCN (5 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred at rt for 64 h. The solution was acidified and the precipitate was collected by filtration. Hot EtOH (15 mL) was added to the crude product and the undissolved solid was collected by hot filtration, providing (E)-3-[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethenyl]-4H-1,2,4-benzothiadiazine-1,1-dioxide (58 mg, 14%) as a colourless crystalline solid; mp 276-279° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.81 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.83 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.75 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.05 (d, J5′,6′=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.29 (d, J5′,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6′), 7.31 (s, 1H, H2′), 7.38 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 7.45 (t, J5,6=J6,7=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6), 7.68 (t, J6,7=J7,8=8.0 Hz, 1H, H7), 7.80 (d, J7,8=8.0 Hz, 1H, H8), 7.82 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 12.13 (s, 1H, NH); δC (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) 55.4, 55.6, 110.3, 111.8, 116.6, 117.6, 122.0, 122.7, 123.3, 126.3, 126.9, 133.0, 135.2, 142.2, 149.0, 151.1, 153.5; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C17H16N2O4S [M+H]+ 345.0904. found 345.0900; νmax 756, 1134, 1263, 1513, 1568, 1600, 3024, 3117, 3163, 3200 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(3,4-Dimethoxystyryl)-4H-pyrido[2,3-d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT102)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00084
  • A suspension of (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (0.25 g, 1.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was treated with oxalyl chloride (0.41 mL, 4.8 mmol). The solution was stirred at it for 1 h and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the acid chloride as a yellow solid. 3-Aminonicotinic acid (0.25 g, 1.4 mmol) was added to a solution of the acid chloride (1.2 mmol) in pyridine (2.0 mL) and the suspension was stirred at rt for 7 d. The solution was diluted with water and the precipitate was collected by filtration providing (E)-2-(3,4-dimethoxystyryl)-4H-pyrido[2,3-d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (0.16 g, 41%) as a green-yellow solid; mp 228-231° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.81 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.84 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.99 (d, J=16.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.02 (d, J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.37 (d, J5′,6′=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6′), 7.49 (s, 1H, H2′), 7.55 (dd, J4,5=8.0, J5,6=4.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 7.82 (d, J=16.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.47 (d, J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 8.95 (d, J5,6=4.0 Hz, 1H, H6); δC (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 5.6, 55.7, 110.5, 111.6, 112.9, 116.5, 123.4, 127.2, 137.3, 143.0, 149.1, 151.3, 157.1, 157.5, 159.4, 160.1; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C17H15N2O4 [M+H]+ 311.1026. found 311.1025; νmax 798, 1024, 1417, 1563, 1757, 2836, 2958 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(3,4-Dimethoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT106) 2-[(Carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00085
  • Anthranilic acid (300 g, 2.08 mol) was added to a solution of Meldrum's acid (272 g, 1.98 mol) in toluene (2.0 L). The reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and the suspension was heated to reflux for 3 h. The suspension was cooled, filtered, washed with toluene and dried. 2-[(Carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (381 g, 86%) was obtained as a colourless solid; mp 171-173° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.45 (br s, 2H, CH2), 7.16 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.59 (td, J4,5=J5,6=8.0, J3,5=1.5 Hz, 1H, H5), 7.97 (dd, J3,4=8.0, J3,5=1.5 Hz, 1H, H3), 8.44 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6), 11.27 (s, 1H, NH), 12.83 (br s, 1H, CO2H), 13.57 (br s, 1H, CO2H); δC (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) 45.0, 117.0, 120.3, 123.1, 131.2, 134.1, 140.4, 164.9, 169.1, 169.3; νmax 760, 1234, 1385, 1544, 1684, 1712, 2653, 2964, 3119 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-[[3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic Acid (Tranilast)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00086
  • Piperidine (0.96 mL, 9.7 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (1.6 g, 9.7 mmol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (1.9 g, 8.6 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL). The reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 4 h, then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene. The piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (5.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) at 40° C. and the solution was acidified with concentrated HCl. The precipitate was filtered, providing (E)-2-[[3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (tranilast) (2.1 g, 74%) as a yellow crystalline solid; mp 208-209° C., lit.2 206° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.79 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.82 (s, 3H; OCH3), 6.79 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 6.99 (d, J5′,4′=8.5 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.16 (t, J3,4=J4,5=7.9 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.25 (d, J5′,6′=8.5 Hz, 1H, H6′), 7.38 (s, 1H, H2′), 7.56 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.61 (t, J4,5=J5,6=7.9 Hz, 1H, H5), 8.00 (d, J3,4=7.9 Hz, 1H, H3), 8.62 (d, J5,6=7.9 Hz, 1H, H6), 11.30 (s, 1H, NH), 13.61 (br s, 1H, CO2H).
    • (E)-2-(3,4-Dimethoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT106)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00087
  • A solution of (E)-2-[[3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (0.5 g, 1.5 mmol) in acetic anhydride (3 mL) was heated to reflux and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was diluted with water. The suspension was stirred at rt for 1 h and the precipitate was collected by filtration, providing (E)-2-(3,4-dimethoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (0.41 g, 88%) as a yellow crystalline solid; mp 175-179° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.82 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.85 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.94 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.02 (d, J5′,6′=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.35 (dd, J5′,6=8.0, J2′,6′=1.5 Hz, 1H, H6′), 7.47 (d, J2,6′=1.5 Hz, 1H, H2′), 7.58 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.61 (d, J3,4=8.0 Hz, 1H, H3), 7.73 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.92 (t, J4,5=J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 8.12 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6); δC (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5.5, 55.6, 110.3, 111.6, 116.6, 122.9, 126.5, 127.4, 128.0, 128.0, 128.1, 136.8, 141.4, 146.8, 149.0, 150.9, 157.3, 158.8; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C18H15NO4 [M+H] 310.1074. found 310.1073; νmax 1020, 1254, 1515, 1634, 1755, 2835, 2940 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propargyloxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT107) 3-Methoxy-4-propargyloxybenzaldehyde
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00088
  • Propargyl bromide (293 mL, 80% w/v, 1.97 mol) was added to a suspension of vanillin (250 g, 1.64 mol) and potassium carbonate (681 g, 4.93 mol) in MeCN (2.0 L). The suspension was heated to reflux for 6 h and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Water was added and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, washed with water, brine and dried. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 3-methoxy-4-propargyloxybenzaldehyde (302 g, 97%) as yellow crystalline solid; mp 95° C.; δH (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.56 (t, J=2.5 Hz, 1H, C═CH), 3.95 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.86 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 2H, OCH2); 7.14 (d, J5,6=6.8 Hz, 1H, H5), 7.44 (d, J2,6=1.4 Hz, 1H, H2), 7.47 (dd, J5,6=6.8, J2,6=1.4 Hz, 1H, H6), 9.87 (s, 1H, CHO); δC (100 MHz, CDCl3) 56.0, 56.6, 77.2, 77.4, 109.4, 112.5, 126.3, 130.9, 150.0, 152.1, 190.9; HRMS (ESI) Calculated for C11H10O3 [M+H] , 191.0703 found 191.0706; νmax 1006, 1130, 1259, 1586, 1677, 2119, 2845, 2932, 3266 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-[[3-(3-Methoxy-4-propargyloxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00089
  • Piperidine (158 mL, 1.59 mol) was added to a suspension of 3-methoxy-4-propargyloxybenzaldehyde (302 g, 1.59 mol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (322 g, 1.44 mol) in toluene (1.5 L). The reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 30 min. The reaction was then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene. The piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (4 L) and water (1 L) at 50° C. and the solution was acidified with 50% aqueous AcOH. The precipitate was filtered and the crude product was recrystallised from EtOH (35 mL/g), filtered and washed with cooled EtOH to afford (E)-2-[[3-(3-methoxy-4-propargyloxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (309 g, 61%) as a yellow crystalline solid; mp 201-203° C.; δH (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.59 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 1H, C═CH), 3.84 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.84 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H, OCH2), 6.81 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.05 (d, J5,6=8.4 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.16 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.25 (d, J5′,6′=8.4 Hz, 1H, H6′), 7.41 (s, 1H, H2′), 7.56 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.61 (t, J4,5=J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 8.00 (d, J3,4=8.0 Hz, 1H, H3), 8.62 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6), 11.31 (s, 1H, NH), 13.57 (br s, 1H, CO2H); δC (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) 55.6, 55.9, 78.6, 79.1, 110.8, 113.5, 116.6, 120.4, 120.4, 122.2, 122.7, 128.2, 131.2, 134.0, 141.0, 141.5, 148.3, 149.3, 164.1, 169.5; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C20H17NO5 [M+H]+ 352.1179. found 352.1187; νmax 755, 1010, 1140, 1253, 1502, 1582, 1657, 3278, 3522 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(3-Methoxy-4-propargyloxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT107)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00090
  • A solution of (E)-2-[[3-(3-methoxy-4-propargyloxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (0.5 g, 1.4 mmol) in acetic anhydride (3 mL) was −5 heated to reflux and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was diluted with water. The suspension was stirred at rt for 1 h and the precipitate was collected by filtration, providing (E)-2-(3-methoxy-4-propargyloxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (0.44 g, 93%) as a yellow crystalline solid; mp 177-178° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d) 3.59 (m, 1H, C═CH), 3.85 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.85 (s, 2H, OCH2), 6.96 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.07 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.34 (d, J5′,6=8.0, 1H, H6′), 7.49 (s, 1H, H2′), 7.57 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.60 (d, J3,4=8.0 Hz, 1H, H3), 7.72 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.91 (t, J4,5=J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 8.11 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6); νC (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) 55.7, 55.9, 78.5, 79.0, 110.8, 113.6, 117.0, 117.2, 122.3, 126.5, 128.0, 128.1, 128.3, 136.8, 141.2, 146.8, 148.5, 149.4, 157.2, 158.8; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C20H15NO4 [M+H]+ 334.1074. found 334.1074; νmax 970, 1136, 1270, 1471, 1743, 2135, 3268 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(3,4-Bis(difluoromethoxy)styryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT108) (E)-2-[[3,4-Bis(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00091
  • Piperidine (100 μL, 1.01 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3,4-bis(difluoromethoxy)benzaldehyde (240 mg, 1.01 mmol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (204 mg, 0.92 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL). The reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 30 min. The reaction was then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene. The piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and water (2 mL) and the solution was acidified with 50% aqueous AcOH. The crude product was collected by filtration and recrystallised from EtOH/water, filtered and washed with water to afford (E)-2-[[3,4-bis(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (259 mg, 71%) as a colourless crystalline solid; mp 190-193° C.; δH (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6.96 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.18 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.27 (t, J=73 Hz, 2H, OCHF2), 7.38 (d, J5′,6′=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.61 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.62 (t, J4,5=J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 7.78 (d, J2′,6=1.6 Hz, 1H, H2′), 7.68 (dd, J5′,6′=8.0, J2′,6′=1.6 Hz, 1H, H6′), 8.00 (d, J3,4=8.0 Hz, 1H, H3), 8.69 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6), 11.35 (s, 1H, NH), 13.56 (br s, 1H, CO2H); δC (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) 116.3 (t, J=258 Hz), 116.5 (t, J=258 Hz), 117.0, 120.1, 120.5, 120.8, 123.0, 123.8, 126.7, 131.1, 132.8, 133.9, 139.3, 140.7, 141.9, 142.7, 163.5, 169.4; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C18H13F4NO5 [M−H]− 398.0646. found 398.0652; νmax 1034, 1217, 1513, 1604, 1683, 2892, 3466 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(3,4-Bis(difluoromethoxy)styryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT108)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00092
  • A solution of (E)-2-[[3,4-bis(difluoromethoxy)phenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (0.5 g, 1.2 mmol) in acetic anhydride (3 mL) was heated to reflux and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was diluted with water. The suspension was stirred at rt for 1 h and the precipitate was collected by filtration, providing (E)-2-(3,4-bis(difluoromethoxy)styryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (0.41 g, 86%) as a colourless crystalline solid; mp 113-115° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 7.07 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.29 (t, J=74 Hz, 1H, OCHF2), 7.28 (t, J=74 Hz, 1H, OCHF2), 7.39 (d, J5′,6′=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.60 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.62 (d, J3,4=8.0 Hz, H, H3), 7.75 (d, J5′,6=8.0, 1H, H6′), 7.76 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.87 (s, 1H, H2′), 7.92 (t, J4,5=J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 8.12 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6); δC (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) 116.3 (t, J=258. Hz), 116.4 (t, J=258 Hz), 116.9, 119.9, 120.6, 120.8, 126.5, 126.7, 128.1, 128.6, 132.9, 136.8, 139.0, 141.2, 142.0, 146.5, 156.5, 158.7; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C18H1F4NO4 [M+H]+382.0697. found 382.0696; νmax 969, 1042, 1087, 1123, 1279, 1383, 1472, 1595, 1747 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(4-Acetoxy-3-methoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT109) (E)-2-[[3-(4-Hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00093
  • Piperidine (0.50 mL, 5.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.77 g, 5.1 mmol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL). The reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 3 h, then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene. The piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (12.0 mL) and water (12.0 mL) at 40° C. and the solution was acidified with concentrated HCl. The precipitate was filtered, providing (E)-2-[[3-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (1.1 g, 78%) as a yellow crystalline solid; mp 207.5-208.5° C., lit.5 230-233° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.83 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.71 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 6.80 (d, J5′,6=8.5 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.13 (dd, J5,6=8.5, J2′,6′=1.5 Hz, 1H, H6′), 7.15 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.34 (d, J2′,6′=1.5 Hz, 1H, H2′), 7.52 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.60 (td, J4,5=J5,6=8.0, J3,5=2.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 8.00 (dd, J3,4=8.0, J3,5=2.0 Hz, 1H, H3), 8.62 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6), 9.57 (s, 1H, OH), 11.27 (s, 1H, NH), 13.61 (br s, 1H, CO2H).
    • (E)-2-(4-Acetoxy-3-methoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT109)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00094
  • A solution of (E)-2-[[3-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (0.5 g, 1.6 mmol) in acetic anhydride (3 mL) was heated to reflux and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was diluted with water. The suspension was stirred at rt for 1 h and the precipitate was collected by filtration, providing (E)-2-(4-acetoxy-3-methoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (0.52 g, 97%) as a pale brown solid; mp 185-186° C.; δH (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 2.63 (s, 3H, COCH3), 3.85 (s, 3H, OCH3), 7.08 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.17 (d, J5′,6′=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.38 (d, J5′,6′=8.0, 1H, H6′), 7.59 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.61 (d, J3,4=8.0 Hz, 1H, H3), 7.63 (s, 1H, H2′), 7.76 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.92 (t, J4,5=J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 8.11 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6); δC (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) 20.4, 56.0, 111.9, 116.9, 119.5, 121.4, 123.3, 126.6, 128.1, 128.4, 133.5, 136.8, 140.5, 140.9, 146.6, 151.2, 156.8, 168.4; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C19H5NO5 [M+H]+ 338.1023. found 338.1023; νmax 1197, 1214, 1593, 1635, 1748 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(3-Acetoxy-4-methoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FT110) (E)-2-[[3-(3-Hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00095
  • Piperidine (0.25 mL, 2.5 mmol) was added to a suspension of 3-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzaldehyde (0.39 g, 2.5 mmol) and 2-[(carboxyacetyl)amino]benzoic acid (0.50 g, 2.2 mmol) in toluene (5.0 mL). The reaction flask was fitted with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 3 h, then cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was filtered and washed with toluene. The piperidinium salt was dissolved in MeOH (5.0 mL) and water (2.0 mL) at 40° C. and the solution was acidified with concentrated HCl. The precipitate was filtered, providing (E)-2-[[3-(3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (0.53 g, 76%) as a yellow crystalline solid; mp 215-216° C., lit.5 219-222° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.81 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.59 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 6.80 (d, J5′,6=8.5 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.10-7.13 (m, 2H, H2′, H6′), 7.15 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.47 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.60 (td, J4,5=J5,6=8.0, J3,5=1.5 Hz, 1H, H5), 7.99 (dd, J3,4=8.0, J3,5=1.5 Hz, 1H, H3), 8.58 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6), 11.25 (s, 1H, NH), 13.56 (br s, 1H, CO2H).
    • (E)-2-(3-Acetoxy-4-methoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (FTI 10)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00096
  • A solution of (E)-2-[[3-(3-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl)-1-oxo-2-propenyl]amino]benzoic acid (0.5 g, 1.6 mmol) in acetic anhydride (3 mL) was heated to reflux and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was cooled to rt and the resulting suspension was diluted with water. The suspension was stirred at it for 1 h and the precipitate was collected by filtration, providing (E)-2-(3-acetoxy-4-methoxystyryl)-4H-benzo[d][1,3]oxazin-4-one (0.50 g, 93%) as a yellow solid; mp 187-190° C.; δH (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 2.80 (s, 3H, COCH3), 3.83 (s, 3H, OCH3), 6.87 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.19 (d, J5′,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.68 (d, J5′,6=8.0, 1H, H6′), 7.57 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.60 (d, J3,4=8.0 Hz, 1H, H3), 7.66 (s, 1H, H2′), 7.71 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 7.89 (t, J4,5=J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5), 8.10 (d, J5,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H6); δC (100 MHz, DMSO-d6) 20.4, 56.1, 112.9, 116.7, 117.6, 122.1, 127.5, 128.0, 128.1, 128.2, 136.8, 139.6, 140.2, 146.7, 152.7, 157.0, 158.8, 168.4; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C19H15NO5 [M+H]+ 338.1023. found 338.1023; νmax 1197, 1268, 1588, 1631, 1752 cm−1.
    • (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-(indolin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (FT113)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00097
  • A suspension of (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (0.50 g, 2.4 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was treated with oxalyl chloride (0.80 mL, 9.6 mmol). The solution was stirred at rt for 2 h and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the acid chloride. Indoline (0.27 g, 2.4 mmol) was added to a solution of the acid chloride (2.4 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and NEt3 (0.67 mL, 4.8 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallised from EtOAc providing (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-1-(indolin-1-yl)prop-2-en-1-one (0.15 g, 20%) as a colourless crystalline solid; mp 118-120° C.; δH (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 3.18 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, CH2), 3.79 (s, 3H, OCH3), 3.83 (s, 3H, OCH3), 4.33 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 2H, NCH2), 6.98-7.02 (m, 3H, CH═CHCO, H5, H6), 7.16 (t, J3,4=J4,5=8.0 Hz, 1H, H4), 7.25 (d, J5′,6=8.0 Hz, 1H, H5′), 7.26 (dd, J5′,6′=8.0 Hz, J2′,6′=2.0 Hz, 1H, H6′), 7.38 (d, J2′,6′=2.0 Hz, 1H, H2′), 7.58 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 1H, CH═CHCO), 8.19 (m, 1H, H3); δC (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) 27.3, 47.7, 55.5, 55.6, 110.6, 111.6, 116.4, 117.5, 122.6, 123.3, 124.8, 126.9, 127.7, 132.2, 142.3, 143.1, 148.9, 150.6, 163.9; HRMS (ESI) calculated for C19H19NO3 [M+H]+ 310.1438. found 310.1437; νmax 1025, 1145, 1262, 1398, 1510, 1646 cm−1.
    • (E)-2-(3,4-Dimethoxystyryl)-H-benzo[d]imidazole (FT121)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00098
  • A mixture of (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (416 mg, 2.0 mmol) and o-phenylenediamine sulfuric acid (412 mg, 2.0 mmol) in ethylene glycol (10 mL) was heated at reflux for three hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and poured into water (50 mL). The pH of the solution was adjusted to >7 with NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaCl solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was concentrated under a reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 2:1 (v:v) as eluent to give (E)-2-(3,4-dimethoxystyryl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazole (130 mg, 23%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 6.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.96-7.00 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.59 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (m, 2H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 7.55 min; m/z calculated for C17H16N2O2 [M+H]+ 281.1. found 281.1.
    • (E)-1-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4-yl)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (FT122) 3,4-Dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00099
  • To a suspension of 2-aminophenol (1.0 g, 9.2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (6.36 g, 46 mmol) in dry DMF (10 mL) was added 1,2-dibromoethane (2.59 g, 13.8 mmol). The mixture was then heated at 125° C. for 15 hours. After cooling, the mixture was treated with crushed ice and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate/petroleum ether 1:10 (v:v) as eluent to give 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine as reddish oil (0.81 g, 65%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 7.51 min; m/z calculated for C8H9NO [M+H]+ 136.1. found 136.1.
    • (E)-1-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4-yl)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (FT122)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00100
  • To a solution of (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (0.46 g, 2.22 mmol) and 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine (0.20 g, 1.48 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was added EDC.HCl (0.71 g, 3.70 mmol), HOBt (0.60 g, 3.70 mmol) and Et3N (0.37 g, 3.70 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 5:1 (v:v) as eluent to give (E)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]oxazin-4-yl)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (230 mg, 32%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 4.37 (m, 2H), 6.86 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (m, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (dd, J=8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.20 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.72 min; m/z calculated for C19H19NO4 [M+H]+ 326.1. found 326.1.
    • (E)-1-(3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-3-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one (FT123) (E)-3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl Chloride
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00101
  • To a suspension of 3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (416 mg 2 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was added thionyl chloride (1.45 mL, 20 mmol). The solution was heated at 50° C. for 1 hour and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl chloride, which was used directly in the next step without purification.
    • (E)-1-(3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00102
  • To a solution of 1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one (268 mg, 2 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 0° C. was added 60% oily sodium hydride (88 mg, 2.2 mmol). When hydrogen evolution had ceased, a solution of (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl chloride (240 mg, 0.75 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added and the reaction mixture allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched by addition of 1N hydrochloric acid, and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After concentration under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash column (hexane-EtOAc, 25:10) to give (E)-1-(3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one (240 mg, 37%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.02 min; m/z calculated for C18H16N2O4 [M+H]+ 325.1. found 325.0 and 347.0 ([M+Na]+).
    • (E)-1-(3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-3-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one (FT123)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00103
  • A mixture of (E)-1-(3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one (240 mg, 0.75 mmol), iodomethane (68 uL, 1.1 mmol) and K2CO3 (204 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by recrystallisation from EtOH to afford (E)-1-(3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-3-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-one (200 mg, 79%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.46 (s, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 6.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J=7.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.98 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H) 8.32 (dd, J=8.0, 0.8 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.05 min; m/z calculated for C19H18N2O4 [M+H]+ 339.1. found 339.0 and 361.0 ([M+Na]+).
    • (E)-3-(3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-one (FT124)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00104
  • To a solution of (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (208 mg, 1.0 mmol) and benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-one (162 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added EDC.HCl (230 mg, 1.2 mmol), HOBt (196 mg, 1.2 mmol) and Et3N (304 mg, 3.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 3:2 (v:v) to give (E)-3-(3-(3,4-d)acryloyl)benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-one (225 mg, 70%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.84 (s, 6H), 7.09 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=15:6 Hz, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 8.03-8.06 (m, 1H), LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.08 min; m/z calculated for C18H15NO5 [M+Na]+ 348.1. found 348.1.
    • (E)-4-(3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-2(1H)-one (FT125) 3,4-Dihydroquinoxalin-2(1H)-one
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00105
  • To a solution of o-phenylenediamine (1.08 g, 10 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added Et3N (2.9 mL, 21 mmol), and ethyl 2-bromoacetate (1.2 mL, 11 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, then at 80° C. for 3 h. The DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure and the reaction mixture partitioned between H2O and EtOAc. The EtOAc layer was washed with sat. NaHCO3, brine, and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude residue purified by flash chromatography eluting with petroleum ether/EtOAc (4/1) to give 3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-2(1H)-one (560 mg, 38%) as yellow solid. LC-MS (ES-API); rt 7.40 min; m/z calculated for C8H8N2O [M+H]+ 149.0. found 149.0.
    • (E)-4-(3-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-2(1H)-one (FT125)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00106
  • To a stirred solution of 3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-2(1H)-one (142 mg, 0.96 mmol) and triethylamine (0.16 mL, 1.14 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of (E)-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl chloride in THF (2 mL) dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of 1N hydrochloric acid, and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which was purified by flash chromatography (hexane-EtOAc, 25:10) to give (E)-4-(3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)acryloyl)-3,4-dihydroquinoxalin-2(1H)-one (160 mg, 47%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 4.63 (br s, 2H), 6.71 (d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.22 (dd, J=7.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (br d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.14 min; m/z calculated for C19H18N2O4[M+H]+ 339.1. found 339.0.
    • 2-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxamido)benzoic Acid (FT126) 2-Iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzaldehyde
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00107
  • To a solution of 3,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (2.00 g, 12.0 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) under nitrogen was added iodine (3.65 g, 14.4 mmol) and silver sulfate (4.49 g, 14.4 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed, water was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM. The organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduce pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 2:1 (v:v) as eluent to give 2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (2.81 g, 80%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.52 min; m/z calculated for C9H9IO3 [M+H]+ 293.0. found 293.0.
    • Methyl 5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00108
  • 2-Iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (292 mg, 1.0 mmol), CoCl2 (dppe) complex (26.4 mg, 0.05 mmol), dppe (19.9 mg, 0.05 mmol) and zinc power (179.8 mg, 2.75 mmol) were placed in a vial, which was sealed with a septum and flushed several times with nitrogen. Acetonitrile (3 mL) and methyl acrylate (172 mg, 2.0 mmol) were then sequentially added and the mixture was heated at 80° C. overnight. Water was then added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 8:1 (v:v) as eluent to give methyl 5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxylate (50 mg, 21%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 7.89 min; m/z calculated for C13H14O4 [M+H]+ 235.1. found 235.1.
    • 5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxylic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00109
  • To a stirred solution of methyl 5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxylate (330 mg, 1.41 mmol) in THF (8 mL) and MeOH (4 mL) was added 2 N NaOH solution (3.5 mL) dropwise at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and the reaction was quenched with 1N HCl solution. Then mixture was diluted with water and the resulting suspension was filtered and the solid was dried under vacuum to give 5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxylic acid (150 mg, 48%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.44 min; m/z calculated for C12H12O4 [M−H]− 219.1. found 219.1.
    • Methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxamido)benzoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00110
  • To a stirred mixture of 5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxylic acid (230 mg, 1.05 mmol) and DMF (20 μL) in DCM (10 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (267 mg, 2.10 mmol) dropwise at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours then concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The resulting acid chloride was then taken up into DCM (10 mL) and added dropwise to a stirred mixture of methyl 2-aminobenzoate (174 mg, 1.16 mmol) and triethylamine (159.1 mg, 1.58 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) 0° C. The mixture was then stirred overnight at room temperature before adding water and extracting with DCM. The organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 5:1 (v:v) as eluent to give methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxamido)benzoate (140 mg, 38%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.35 min; m/z calculated for C20H19NO5 [M+H]+ 354.1. found 354.1.
    • 2-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxamido)benzoic Acid (FT126)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00111
  • To a stirred solution of methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxamido)benzoate (120 mg, 0.34 mmol)in THF (6 mL) and MeOH (3 mL) was added 2 N NaOH solution (0.85 mL) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then quenched with 1N HCl solution and extracted with DCM. The organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous NaCl solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to give 2-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-indene-2-carboxamido)benzoic acid (100 mg, 87%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.72 (br s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.66 (m, 2H), 8.04 (dd, J=8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (dd, J=8.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 11.91 (s, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.23 min; m/z calculated for C19H17NO5 [M−H]− 338.1. found 338.1.
    • 2-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-2-carboxamido)benzoic Acid (FT127) Methyl 2-aminobenzoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00112
  • To a stirred solution of 2-aminobenzoic acid (2.0 g, 14.59 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) at 0° C. was added SOCl2 (7.4 g, 145.9 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was heated at reflux overnight and was then concentrated under reduced pressure. DCM and saturated aqueous NaHCO3 were added and the aqueous phase extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford methyl 2-aminobenzoate (2.05 g, 93%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.46 min; m/z calculated for C8H9NO2[M+H]+ 152.0. found 152.1.
    • Methyl 2-(2-chloroacetamido)benzoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00113
  • To a stirred solution of methyl 2-aminobenzoate (906 mg, 6.0 mmol) and NaHCO3 (554.4 mg, 6.6 mmol) in THF (12 mL) and water (12 mL) at 0° C. was added 2-chloroacetyl chloride (806 mg, 7.2 mmol) dropwise. After 2 hours, the mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. The residue was purified by flash chromatography to give methyl 2-(2-chloroacetamido)benzoate (1.31 g, 96%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.65 min; m/z calculated for C10H10ClNO3 [M+Na]+ 250.0. found 250.0.
    • Methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-2-carboxamido)benzoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00114
  • A mixture of 4,5-dimethoxybenzene-1,2-diamine (1.08 g, 4.5 mmol), NaHCO3 (756 mg, 9.0 mmol) methyl 2-(2-chloroacetamido)benzoate (1.03 g, 4.5 mmol) and sulfur (216 mg, 6.75 mmol) in CH3CN (27 mL) was stirred in a microwave reactor for 2 hours at 140° C. The mixture was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography to give the desired methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-2-carboxamido)benzoate (190 mg, 12%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.12 min; m/z calculated for C18H17N3O5 [M+Na]+ 378.1. found 378.1.
    • 2-(5,6-Dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-2-carboxamido)benzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00115
  • To a stirred solution of methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-2-carboxamido)benzoate (200 mg, 0.56 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) was added 2N NaOH solution (1.4 mL) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of 1N HCl solution and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2-(5,6-dimethoxy-1H-benzo[d]imidazole-2-carboxamido)benzoic acid (90 mg, 47.1%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.82 (s, 6H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 7.13-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 8.08 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 8.78 (d, J=7.6 Hz; 1H), 12.90 (s, 1H), 13.27 (s, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.74 min; m/z calculated for C17H15N3O5 [M−H]− 340.1. found 340.1.
    • 2-(1,1-Dioxo-5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoic Acid (FT128) Methyl 5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00116
  • To a stirred solution of 2-fluoro-4,5-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (1.10 g, 6 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added methyl 2-mercaptoacetate (0.58 mL, 6.6 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.48 g, 18 mmol). The resulting mixture was then heated at 60° C. for 15 hours. The DMF was removed via rotary evaporation and the residue was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford methyl 5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylate as a light yellow solid (1.0 g, 67%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.48 min; m/z calculated for C12H12O4S [M+Na]+ 275.0. found 275.0.
    • 5,6-Dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00117
  • To a stirred solution of methyl 5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylate (1.0 g, 4 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) and THF (10 mL) was added 2N NaOH (10 mL) dropwise at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours before adjusting the pH value to 3 with 1 N HCl and diluting with water. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid was dried under vacuum to afford 5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid as a white solid (890 mg, 94%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.17 min; m/z calculated for C11H10O4S [M+Na]+ 261.0. found 260.9.
    • Methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00118
  • To a stirred solution of 5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (714 mg, 3 mmol) and DMF (20 μl) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.5 mL, 6 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was continued until the acid was consumed completely (about 1 h). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude 5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carbonyl chloride was used directly in the next step. To a stirred solution of methyl 2-aminobenzoate (500 mg, 3.3 mmol) and Et3N (1.25 mL, 9 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) was added 5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carbonyl chloride in anhydrous DCM (2 mL) dropwise at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The organic extract was dried over sodium sulfate, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by re-crystallization from EtOH to give methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoate as a white solid (650 mg, 55%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.38 min; m/z calculated for C19H17NO5S [M+H]+ 372.1. found 372.1.
    • 2-(5,6-Dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00119
  • To a stirred solution of methyl 2-(5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoate (650 mg, 1.75 mmol) in MeOH (9 mL) and THF (20 mL) was added 2N NaOH (9 mL) dropwise at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with 1N HCl and diluted with water. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid was dried under vacuum to afford 2-(5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoic acid (550 mg, 88%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.22 min; m/z calculated for C18H15NO5S [M+Na]+ 380.1. found 380.0.
    • 2-(1,1-Dioxo-5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00120
  • To a stirred solution of 2-(5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoic acid (500 mg, 1.4 mmol) in CH3COOH (100 mL), CH3CN (50 mL) and DCM (50 mL) was added m-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid (1.2 g, 7 mmol) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours until the starting material was consumed completely by TLC analysis. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was washed with water, brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column using DCM/MeOH (from 30:1 to 10:1) as eluent. Further purification by re-crystallization from CH3CN provided 2-(1,1-dioxo-5,6-dimethoxybenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)benzoic acid (220 mg, 40%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 7.26 (app t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 8.05 (dd, J=8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 11.87 (s, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.91 min; m/z calculated for C18H15NO7S [M+H]+ 390.1. found 390.1.
    • 2-(6,7-Dimethoxy-1,2-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)benzoic Acid (FT129) 6,7-Dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ol
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00121
  • To a stirred solution of 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (3.09 g, mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was added NaBH4 (680 mg, 18 mmol) portion wise over 0.5 hour. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with 1N HCl, diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford 6,7-dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ol as a yellow oil (2.9 g, 93%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 7.96 min; m/z calculated for C12H16O3 [M+Na]+ 231.1. found 231.1.
    • 6,7-Dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00122
  • A solution of 6,7-dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ol (208 mg, 1 mmol) in dry DMF (5 mL) was cooled in an ice bath and phosphoryl chloride (0.2 mL, 2.3 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 3 hours, then cooled and treated with a cold saturated aqueous solution of sodium acetate (2 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to afford 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carbaldehydeas white solid (160 mg, 46%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.23 min; m/z calculated for C13H14O3 [M+H]+ 219.1. found 219.0.
    • 6,7-Dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxylic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00123
  • A mixture of 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carbaldehyde (2.2 g, 10 mmol) in EtOH (30 mL) was treated with a solution of silver nitrate (5.0 g, 30 mmol) in water (16 mL). A solution of NaOH (6.0 g, 150 mmol) in water (50 mL) was then added with continuous stirring and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then extracted with DCM and combined organic phase was washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate (from 6:1 to 3:1, v:v) as the eluent to give 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxylic acid (1.8 g, 77%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.23 min; m/z calculated for C13H14O4 [M+H]+ 235.1. found 235.0.
    • Methyl 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1,2-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)benzoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00124
  • A mixture of 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxylic acid (476 mg, 2 mmol) and SOCl2 (1.5 mL, 20 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) was heated at 50° C. for 1 hour. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to give 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carbonyl chloride which was used directly in the next step without further purification. To a stirred solution of methyl 2-aminobenzoate (332 mg, 2.2 mmol) and Et3N (0.8 mL, 6 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (20 mL) was added 6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene=2-carbonyl chloride in anhydrous DCM (2 mL) dropwise at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column, eluting with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate (10:1) to give methyl 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1,2-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)benzoate (330 mg, 45%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.27 min; m/z calculated for C21H21NO5 [M+Na]+ 390.1. found 390.1.
    • 2-(6,7-Dimethoxy-1,2-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)benzoic Acid (FT129)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00125
  • To a stirred solution of methyl 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxamido) benzoate (440 mg, 1.2 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) and THF (3 mL) was added 2N NaOH (3 mL) dropwise at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then quenched with 1N HCl and diluted with water. The resulting suspension was filtered and the solid was dried under vacuum to give 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1,2-dihydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)benzoic acid (350 mg, 83%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.59 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 7.15 (app t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.62 (m, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J=8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.69 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 11.89 (s, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.22 min; m/z calculated for C20H19NO5 [M+Na]+ 376.1. found 376.1.
    • 2-(6,7-Dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)benzoic Acid (FT130)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00126
  • A mixture of 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalene-2-carboxamido)benzoic acid (350 mg, 1 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (35 mg) in MeOH (50 mL) and THF (50 mL) was stirred at room temperature under H2 overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-3-carboxamido)benzoic acid (250 mg, 71%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 1.70-1.85 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.82 (m, 3H), 2.82-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s, 6H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 7.16 (app t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (app t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 11.32 (s, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.96 min; m/z calculated for C20H21NO5 [M+H]+ 356.1. found 356.1.
    • (Z)-2-(2-(6,7-Dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetamido)benzoic Acid (FT131) 2-Iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzoic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00127
  • To a stirred solution of 2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (1.0 g, 3.42 mmol) in CH3CN (25 mL) was added a solution of KMnO4 (0.76 g, 4.79 mmol) in water (15 mL) dropwise at 0° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After the reaction was complete, the pH was adjusted to <7 with 1N HCl. The mixture was extracted with DCM and the organic layers combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and evaporated to give 2-Iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid (0.89 g, 85%).
    • Ethyl 2-(2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamido)acetate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00128
  • To a stirred solution of 2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid (24.6 g, 80 mmol), ethyl 2-aminoacetate hydrochloride (11 g, 88 mmol), EDCI (17 g, 88 mmol) and HOBt (14 g, 88 mmol) in dry DCM (500 mL) was added Et3N (55 mL, 400 mmol) dropwise at rt. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then the reaction was quenched with water, and thoroughly extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases were washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 3:1 (v:v) as eluent to give ethyl 2-(2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamido)acetate (29 g, 95%).
    • N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)-2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamide
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00129
  • LiBH4 (63 mg, 3 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of ethyl 2-(2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamido)acetate (379 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (2 mL) at −10° C. The reaction was stirred for 5 min then methanol (0.22 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature, stirred for 30 minutes and quenched by addition of water. The THF was removed under reduced pressure and the aqueous residue was thoroughly extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated to give the crude product which was purified by re-crystallization from EtOAc and hexane to give N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamide (280 mg, 80%) LC-MS (ES-API); rt 7.60 min; m/z calculated for C11H14NO4 [M+H]+ 352.0. found 352.0.
    • (Z)-Ethyl 4-(2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamido)but-2-enoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00130
  • A solution of dry DMSO (0.453 mL, 6.4 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of oxalyl chloride (0.338 mL, 4 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) at −78° C. The reaction was stirred for 30 min at −78° C. then a solution of N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamide (702 mg, 2 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) was added via cannula. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 hour then dry Et3N (1.7 mL, 12 mmol) was added slowly. Stirring was continued at −78° C. for 1 hour by which time the formation of the aldehyde was complete (monitored by TLC). Solid Ph3P═CHCOOEt (1.0 g, 3 mmol) was then added and the reaction was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by flash column using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate (from 6:1 to 3:1) as eluent to give (Z)-ethyl 4-(2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamido)but-2-enoate (280 mg, 34%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.46 min; m/z calculated for C15H18INO5 [M+H]+ 420.0. found 420.0.
    • (Z)-Ethyl 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00131
  • A stirred solution of Pd(OAc)2 (16 mg, 0.07 mmol), PPh3 (61 mg, 0.23 mmol), Et3N (0.58 mL, 4.2 mmol) and (Z)-ethyl 4-(2-iodo-4,5-dimethoxybenzamido)but-2-enoate (860 mg, 2.1 mmol) in dry CH3CN (20 mL) was heated at 70° C. overnight under an argon atmosphere. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using DCM/MeOH 100:1 (v:v) as eluent to give (Z)-ethyl 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetate (510 mg, 83%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 7.56 min; m/z calculated for C15H17NO5 [M+H]+ 292.1. found 292.1.
    • (Z)-2-(6,7-Dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetic Acid
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00132
  • To a stirred solution of (Z)-ethyl 2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetate (1.45 g, 5 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) and THF (40 mL) was added 2N LiOH (5 mL) dropwise at room temperature and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched by addition of 1N HCl and the solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The mixture was diluted with water and cooled and the precipitate collected by filtration to afford (Z)-2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetic acid (1.0 g, 77%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 7.21 min; m/z calculated for C13H13NOs5 [M−H]− 262.0. found 262.1.
    • (Z)-Methyl 2-(2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetamido)benzoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00133
  • To a stirred solution of (Z)-2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetic acid (789 mg, 3 mmol), methyl 2-aminobenzoate (544 mg, 3.6 mmol), HOBt (587 mg, 3.6 mmol), EDCI (688 mg, 3.6 mmol) and DMAP (439 mg, 3.6 mmol) in dry DMF (30 mL) was added Et3N (2 mL, 15 mmol) dropwise at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then the reaction was quenched with water and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to give the crude product which was purified by flash chromatography using DCM/MeOH 40:1 (v:v) as eluent to give (Z)-methyl 2-(2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetamido)benzoate (280 mg, 80%) LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.39 min; m/z calculated for C21H20N2O6 [M+Na]+ 419.1. found 419.1.
    • (Z)-2-(2-(6,7-Dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetamido)benzoic Acid (FT131)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00134
  • To a stirred solution of (Z)-methyl 2-(2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetamido)benzoate (140 mg, 0.35 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) and THF (8 mL) was added 2N LiOH (0.7 mL) dropwise at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then the reaction was quenched by addition of 1N HCl and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The mixture was diluted with water, cooled and the precipitate collected by filtration to afford (Z)-2-(2-(6,7-dimethoxy-1-oxo-2,3-dihydroisoquinolin-4(1H)-ylidene)acetamido)benzoic acid (125 mg, 93%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.80, (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=8.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.57 (dd, J=8.4, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 11.38 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 13.54 (br s, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.27 min; m/z calculated for C20H18N2O6[M+H]+ 383.1. found 383.1.
    • (E)-2-(3,4-Dimethoxystyryl)benzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylic Acid (FT132) Methyl 2-amino-3-hydroxybenzoate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00135
  • To a stirred solution of 2-amino-3-hydroxybenzoic acid (1.22 g, 8.0 mmol) in MeOH (80 mL) was added SOCl2 (9.52 g, 80.0 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. The mixture was then heated at reflux overnight. Most of the methanol was removed and the residue was partitioned between DCM and saturated aqueous NaHCO3. The organic phase was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give methyl 2-amino-3-hydroxybenzoate (1.27 g, 95%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.09 min; m/z calculated for C8H9NO3 [M+H]+ 168.1. found 168.1.
    • Methyl 2-methylbenzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00136
  • A solution of methyl 2-amino-3-hydroxybenzoate (167 mg, 1.0 mmol), acetyl chloride (86 mg, 1.1 mmol) and triethylamine (101 mg, 1.1 mmol) in xylene (10 mL) was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. Pyridine (20 mg, 0.25 mmol) and TsOH (43 mg, 0.25 mmol) were then added and the mixture was heated at reflux overnight. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine, then dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 5:1 (v:v) as eluent to give methyl 2-methylbenzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylate (151 mg, 79%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 8.08 min; m/z calculated for C10H9NO3 [M+H]+ 192.1. found 192.1.
    • (E)-Methyl 2-(3,4-dimethoxystyryl)benzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylate
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00137
  • A solution of methyl 2-methylbenzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylate (0.63 g, 4.12 mmol) and 3,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (0.68 g, 4.12 mmol) in THF (25 mL) and t-BuOH (5 mL) was cooled to −50° C. under nitrogen and treated with a solution of t-BuOK in THF (1.0 mol/L, 4.94 mL, 4.94 mmol) at such a rate that the internal reaction temperature did not exceed −46° C. After 2 hours at −50° C., the cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h in the dark. Water was added and the mixture was made slightly acidic by addition of a 1N HCl solution then extracted with DCM. The organic layers were combined, washed with water and brine then dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using petroleum ether: ethyl acetate 2:1 (v:v) as eluent to give (E)-methyl 2-(3,4-dimethoxystyryl)benzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylate (0.30 g, 27%). LC-MS (ES-API); rt 9.25 min; m/z calculated for C19H17NO5 [M+H]+ 340.1. found 340.1.
    • (E)-2-(3,4-Dimethoxystyryl)benzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylic Acid (FT132)
  • Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00138
  • To a stirred solution of (E)-methyl 2-(3,4-dimethoxystyryl)benzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylate (240 mg, 0.71 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and MeOH (5 mL) was added 2 N NaOH solution (1.77 mL) dropwise at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours then quenched with a 1N HCl solution. The mixture was then extracted with DCM and the organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NaCl solution and dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to give (E)-2-(3,4-Dimethoxystyryl)benzo[d]oxazole-4-carboxylic acid (170 mg, 74%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 7.03 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.46 (app t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J=8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J=8.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H); LC-MS (ES-API): rt 8.88 min; m/z calculated for C18H15NO5 [M−H]− 324.1. found 324.1.
    • 1097 Rat Mesangial Cells
  • A well-characterised cloned rat mesangial cell line (Kakizaki Y, Kraft N, Atkins RC: Differential control of mesangial cell proliferation by interferon-gamma. Clin Exp Immunol 85:157-163, 1991) was cultured in DMEM (5 mM glucose) with 5% FBS, 100 U/mL penicillin, and 100 ug/mL streptomycin in humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere at 37 C. Cells were used up to passage 40.
    • Proline Incorporation Assay
  • Cells were plated into 24-well culture dishes in DMEM/5% FBS and allowed to adhere overnight. The subconfluent cells were then starved overnight in DMEM/0.1% FBS and 150 uM L-ascorbic acid, prior to pre-treatment with or without FibroTech compounds for 4 hours at 10, 30 or 100 uM in 0.1% DMSO, final concentration. TGF-beta 1 at 5 ng/mL (Peprotech) and tritiated proline (Perkin-Elmer, (2,3,4,5-3H)-proline) at 1 uCi/mLwere added and the incubation continued for a further 44 hours. Treatments were performed in triplicate.
  • After the incubation, cells were placed on ice and washed three times with ice cold PBS. They were then incubated on ice with 10% TCA for 30 minutes, followed by a final wash in cold 10% TCA. The cellswere solubilized in 0.75 mL of 1M NaOH at 37 C for 45 minutes, or overnight at 4 C. Aliquots of the solubilized cells were neutralized in an equal amount of 1M HCl and counted in scintillant in a beta counter. Aliquots of neutralized solubilized cells were assayed for protein using the BioRad Bradford Protein Assay. Proline incorporation was normalized for protein content (cpm 3H-proline incorporated per ug protein).
  • In order to compare the results of experiments performed on different days, the percentage inhibition of proline incorporation was calculated for each treatment by setting the TGF treatment at 0% inhibition and the control (incubation with media alone) at 100% inhibition.
    • Mesangial Cells
  • Percentage reduction of TGF-beta 1 Stimulated Proli Incorporation:
  • Tox. Rank
    FT 10 μM 30 μM 100 μM (4 = non-toxic)
    98  30%   70%   70% 4
    102 0 0 10%, ppt   4
    106 0 0, sick dead 1@100 uM
    2@30 uM
    107 0 0 0, ppt 4 (yellow floating
    patches @ 30 & 100 uM)
    108  75%   95% 100+%   4 (yellow jellylike
    patches @ 30 & 100 uM)
    109  3%   16%   75%, ppt 4
    110 0 0 0, ppt 3@100 uM
    (cells elongated)
    113  20%   67%   44% 4
    121 ~60% 100+%   dead 1@100 uM
    3@30 uM
    122 ~25% ~80% dead 1@100 uM
    4@30 uM
    123 0 0, ppt, sick 0, ppt, dead 1 to 2
    124 0, ppt 0, ppt, sick 0, ppt, sick 2
    125 0 0, sick 0, sick 2
    126 ~55% ~75% ~100%  4
    127 0 0 ~50% 4
    128 ~20% ~20% ~40% 3@100 uM
    (some death)
    129 ~10% ~75% dead 1@100 uM
    2@30 uM
    130 ~10% ~30% ~50% 2@100 uM
    131 ~20% ~10% ~10% 4
    132  ~2% ~75%, ppt ~75%, ppt    3@100 uM
    (some death)
    ppt indicates compound precipitated during assay.
  • The details of specific embodiments described in this invention are not to be construed as limitations. Various equivalents and modifications may be made without departing from the essence and scope of this invention, and it is understood that such equivalent embodiments are part of this invention.

Claims (21)

1-135. (canceled)
136. A compound of Formula (IV)
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00139
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Z—X—Y is selected from the group consisting of: N═C—N, N—C═N, O—C═N, S—C═N, N═C—O, N═C—S, C═C—NH, C═C—O, C═C—S, and C(O)—C═N;
A is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, SO2, C, C═S, C═O, C═NR9, and NR9;
T is selected from the group consisting of: a single bond, a double bond, a triple bond, and
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00140
Z1, Z2, Z3, and Z4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of CR8 and N;
R1, R4, R5, R8, R10, and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR13R14, SO2R12, SONR13R14, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR13R14, NR13COR12, NR13COOR12, NR3SO2R2, NR13CONR14R15, NR14R15, and acyl;
R2 and R3, are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR13R14, SO2R12, SONR13R14, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR13R14, NR13COR12, NR13COOR12, NR3SO2R2, NR13CONR14R15, NR14R15, and acyl; or R2 and R3 may be fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring each of which may be optionally substituted;
R6 and R7 are present when T is a single bond, a double bond or
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00141
but not when T is a triple bond, each R6 and R7 being independently selected from the group consisting of: H, NO2, CN, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR13R14, SO2R12, SONR13R14, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12CONR13R14, NR13COR12, NR13COOR12, NR13SO2R2, NR13CONR14R15, NR14R15, and acyl;
R9, R13, R14, and R15 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl; and
R12 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
137. A compound as claimed in claim 136, wherein R2 is —X2—R16 and R3 is —X3—R17 wherein:
R16 and R17 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-C10 cyclokalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkylmethyl, C3-C10 alkene, C3-C10 alkyne, aryl, C5-C20 alkaryl, fused C5-C20 aryl or alkaryl and a hydrocarbon chain containing a heterocyclic or fused ring, any of which may be optionally substituted;
X2 and X3 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: a bond CR18R19, O, NR20, and S;
R18 and R19 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR12, SO3H, SO2NR13R14, SO2R12, SONR13R14, SOR12, COR12, COOH, COOR12, CONR13R14, NR13COR12, NR13COOR12, NR13SO2R12, NR13CONR14R15, NR14R15, and acyl; and
R20 is selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
138. A compound as claimed in claim 136, wherein R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy and optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy.
139. A compound as claimed in claim 136 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00142
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00143
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00144
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00145
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00146
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00147
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
140. A pharmaceutical composition including a compound as claimed in claim 136, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
141. A method of treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis or characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease, the method including administering to a subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in claim 136.
142. A method of inhibiting fibrosis in a subject, the method including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in claim 136.
143. A compound of Formula (I)
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00148
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
W is selected from the group consisting of: CR7 and N;
A is selected from the group consisting of: —(CR8R9)p—(Y), —(C(O))r—(CR10R11)s— and —(CR8R9)p—(C(O))r—(Y)q—(CR10R11)s—, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of: O, S, NR12, each p and s are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, and 2, each q and r are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of 0 and 1, and p+q+r+s is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3;
Z1-Z2 is selected from the group consisting of N—C═ and C═C;
X1 selected from the group consisting of: C═O, CF2 or SO2, PO2;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of: NR13 and (CH2)t wherein t is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 0 and 1;
D is selected from the group consisting of: a cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkenyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring;
R1, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14COR14, COOH, COOR14, CONRsR16, NRIsCOR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14NR15CONR15R16, NR15R16, and acyl;
R2 and R3, are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONRsR16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; or R2 and R3 may be fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring each of which may be optionally substituted;
R12, R13, R15, R16, and R17 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl;
R14 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl;
m is an integer selected from the group consisting of 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4;
n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and
m+n is an integer selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5.
144. A compound as claimed in claim 143, wherein R2 is —X3—R18 and R3 is —X4—R19 wherein:
R18 and R19 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-C10 cyclokalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkylmethyl, C3-C10 alkene, C3-C10 alkyne, aryl, C5-C20 alkaryl, fused C5-C20 aryl or alkaryl and a hydrocarbon chain containing a heterocyclic or fused ring, any of which may be optionally substituted;
X3 and X4 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: a bond CR20R21, O, NR22 and S;
R20 and R21 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONRsR16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; and
R22 is selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
145. A compound as claimed in claim 143, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of: CH, CH2CH2, CH═CH, O, OC(O), OC(S), OCH2, C(O)O, C(S)O, SCH2, SC(O), SC(S), S, SO2CH2, SO2, C(O)S, C(O)NH, C(S)S, NH, NH(CO), N, N═CH, and NHCH2.
146. A compound as claimed in claim 143 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00149
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00150
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00151
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00152
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00153
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00154
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
147. A pharmaceutical composition including a compound as claimed in claim 143, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
148. A method of treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis or characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease, the method including administering to a subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in claim 143.
149. A method of inhibiting fibrosis in a subject, the method including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in claim 143.
150. A compound of Formula (III)
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00155
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
A is selected from the group consisting of: —(CR9R10)p—(Y)q—(C(O))r—(CR11R12)s— and —(CR9R10)p—(C(O))r—(Y)q—(CR11R12)s—, wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of: O, S, NR13, each p and s are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0, 1, and 2, each q and r are an integer independently selected from the group consisting of: 0 and 1, and p+q+r+s is an integer selected from the group consisting of: 1, 2, and 3;
T is selected from the group consisting of: a single bond, a double bond, a triple bond and
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00156
X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C═O, CF2 or SO2, PO2;
X2 is selected from the group consisting of: CR17 and N;
Z1, Z2, Z3, and Z4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of CR8 and N;
R1, R4, R5, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R15 and R16 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR18, SO3H, SO2NR19R20, SO2R18, SONR19R20, SOR18, COR18, COOH, COOR18, CONR19R20, NR19COR18, NR19COOR18, NR19SO2R18, NR19CONR20R21, NR19R20, and acyl;
R2 and R3, are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR18, SO3H, SO2NR19R20, SO2R18, SONR19R20, SOR18, COR18, COOH, COOR18, CONR19R20, NR19COR18, NR19COOR19, NR19SO2R18, NR19CONR20R21, NR19R20, and acyl; or R2 and R3 may be fused to form a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl ring, each of which may be optionally substituted;
R6 and R7 are present when T is a single bond, a double bond or
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00157
but not when T is a triple bond, each R6 and R7 being independently selected from the group consisting of: H, NO2, CN, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR18, SO3H, SO2NR19R20, SO2R18, SONR19R20, SOR18, COR18, COOH, COOR18, CONR19R20, NR19COR18, NR19COOR18, NR19SO2R18, NR19CONR20R21, NR19R20, and acyl;
R13, R19, R20 and R21 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H: a N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl; and
R18 is selected from the group consisting of H, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
151. A compound as claimed in claim 150, wherein R2 is —X3—R22 and R3 is —X4—R23, wherein:
R22 and R23 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, C1-10 alkyl, C3-C10 cyclokalkyl, C3-C10 cycloalkylmethyl, C3-C10 alkene, C3-C10 alkyne, aryl, C5-C20 alkaryl, fused C5-C20 aryl or alkaryl and a hydrocarbon chain containing a heterocyclic or fused ring, any of which may be optionally substituted;
X3 and X4 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: a bond CR24R25, O, NR26, and S;
R24 and R25 are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, halogen, OH, NO2, CN, NH2, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyloxy, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyloxy, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryloxy, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkylamino, SR14, SO3H, SO2NR15R16, SO2R14, SONR15R16, SOR14, COR14, COOH, COOR14CONR15R16, NR15COR14, NR15COOR14, NR15SO2R14, NR15CONR16R17, NR15R16, and acyl; and
R26 is selected from the group consisting of: H, an N-protecting group, optionally substituted C1-C12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C12 alkynyl, optionally substituted C1-C10 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-C12 cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-C12 heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C6-C18 aryl, and optionally substituted C1-C18 heteroaryl.
152. A compound as claimed in claim 150 selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00158
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00159
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00160
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00161
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00162
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00163
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00164
Figure US20130338151A9-20131219-C00165
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
153. A pharmaceutical composition including a compound as claimed in claim 150, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or carrier.
154. A method of treating a disease or condition associated with fibrosis or characterised by inflammation and/or a benign or malignant neoplastic disease, the method including administering to a subject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in claim 150.
155. A method of inhibiting fibrosis in a subject, the method including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed in claim 150.
US13/503,160 2009-10-22 2010-10-21 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents Expired - Fee Related US9062076B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/503,160 US9062076B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2010-10-21 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US25388909P 2009-10-22 2009-10-22
PCT/AU2010/001398 WO2011047432A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2010-10-21 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents
US13/503,160 US9062076B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2010-10-21 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2010/001398 A-371-Of-International WO2011047432A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2010-10-21 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/730,753 Continuation US9951087B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2015-06-04 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20120270863A1 US20120270863A1 (en) 2012-10-25
US20130338151A9 true US20130338151A9 (en) 2013-12-19
US9062076B2 US9062076B2 (en) 2015-06-23

Family

ID=43899730

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/503,160 Expired - Fee Related US9062076B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2010-10-21 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents
US14/730,753 Active 2031-03-27 US9951087B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2015-06-04 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/730,753 Active 2031-03-27 US9951087B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2015-06-04 Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US9062076B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2947073B1 (en)
JP (3) JP5904944B2 (en)
CN (2) CN105153188B (en)
HK (2) HK1217480A1 (en)
IN (1) IN2012DN03312A (en)
SG (1) SG10201501272SA (en)
WO (1) WO2011047432A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9561201B2 (en) 2006-07-05 2017-02-07 Fibrotech Therapeutics Pty Ltd Therapeutic compounds
US9951087B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2018-04-24 Fibrotech Therapeutics Pty Ltd Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents
US11014873B2 (en) 2017-02-03 2021-05-25 Certa Therapeutics Pty Ltd. Anti-fibrotic compounds

Families Citing this family (61)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE10164139A1 (en) 2001-12-27 2003-07-10 Bayer Ag 2-heteroaryl carboxamides
CN102985557B (en) 2009-03-13 2018-06-15 安吉奥斯医药品有限公司 For the method and composition of cell Proliferation associated disease
CN102448951B (en) 2009-04-06 2017-05-10 安吉奥斯医药品有限公司 Therapeutic compositions and related methods of use
NZ622505A (en) 2009-06-29 2015-12-24 Agios Pharmaceuticals Inc Therapeutic compounds and compositions
EP2491145B1 (en) 2009-10-21 2016-03-09 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for cell-proliferation-related disorders
PT3029039T (en) 2010-05-17 2017-11-28 Forum Pharmaceuticals Inc Pharmaceutical formulations comprising crystalline forms of (r)-7-chloro-n-(quinuclidin-3-yl)benzo(b)thiophene-2-carboxamide hydrochloride monohydrate
PT2642989T (en) 2010-11-24 2019-04-23 Occurx Pty Ltd Methods of treating eye diseases associated with inflammation and vascular proliferation
JP5837091B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2015-12-24 アジオス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Novel N- (4- (azetidine-1-carbonyl) phenyl)-(hetero-) arylsulfonamide derivatives as modulators of pyruvate kinase M2 (PKM2)
JP6092118B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2017-03-08 アジオス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Bicyclic PKM2 activator
TWI549947B (en) 2010-12-29 2016-09-21 阿吉歐斯製藥公司 Therapeutic compounds and compositions
CN103764147B (en) 2011-05-03 2018-05-22 安吉奥斯医药品有限公司 For the pyruvate kinase activator for the treatment of
CA2834692A1 (en) 2011-05-03 2012-11-08 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyruvate kinase activators for use in therapy
CN102827170A (en) 2011-06-17 2012-12-19 安吉奥斯医药品有限公司 Active treatment compositions and use method thereof
CN102827073A (en) 2011-06-17 2012-12-19 安吉奥斯医药品有限公司 Therapeutically active compositions and application methods thereof
US9474779B2 (en) 2012-01-19 2016-10-25 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compositions and their methods of use
US8940742B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2015-01-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
SG11201406584TA (en) 2012-04-24 2014-11-27 Vertex Pharma Dna-pk inhibitors
CA2872005A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 Forum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of maintaining, treating or improving cognitive function
MY167785A (en) * 2012-06-27 2018-09-25 4Sg Ag Bifluorodioxalane-amino-benzimidazole kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer, autoimmuneinflammation and cns disorders
FR2994184B1 (en) * 2012-08-02 2017-12-08 Biomerieux Sa METHODS OF FUNCTIONALIZATION AND REAGENTS USED IN SUCH METHODS USING AN AZA-ISATOIC ANHYDRIDE OR ONE OF ITS DERIVATIVES, BIOLOGIC MOLECULES SO TREATED AND KITS
HUE041544T2 (en) 2013-03-12 2019-05-28 Vertex Pharma Dna-pk inhibitors
WO2015003355A2 (en) 2013-07-11 2015-01-15 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
US9579324B2 (en) 2013-07-11 2017-02-28 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
CN105593215B (en) 2013-07-11 2019-01-15 安吉奥斯医药品有限公司 2,4- the or 4,6- diaminopyrimidine compounds as IDH2 mutant inhibitor for treating cancer
WO2015003360A2 (en) 2013-07-11 2015-01-15 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
US20150031627A1 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc Therapeutically active compounds and their methods of use
AR097279A1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2016-03-02 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd DERIVATIVES OF BENZIMIDAZOLIL-METIL UREA AS ALX RECEIVER AGONISTS
WO2015042052A1 (en) 2013-09-17 2015-03-26 Pharmakea, Inc. Heterocyclic vinyl autotaxin inhibitor compounds
EP3046905A4 (en) 2013-09-17 2017-03-22 Pharmakea Inc. Vinyl autotaxin inhibitor compounds
MX2021012208A (en) 2013-10-04 2023-01-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals Inc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof.
US9751888B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-09-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
DK3057953T3 (en) 2013-10-17 2018-11-19 Vertex Pharma CO CRYSTALS OF (S) -N-METHYL-8- (1 - ((2'-METHYL- [4,5'-BIPYRIMIDIN] -6-YL) AMINO) PROPAN-2-YL) QUINOLIN-4-CARBOXAMIDE AND DEUTERATED DERIVATIVES THEREOF AS DNA-PK INHIBITORS
EA036325B1 (en) 2014-03-14 2020-10-27 Аджиос Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Pharmaceutical composition comprising solid dispersion of idh1 inhibitor
CA2943075C (en) 2014-03-19 2023-02-28 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds for use in the treatment of pi3k-gamma mediated disorders
EP3140291A4 (en) 2014-05-05 2018-01-10 Lycera Corporation Tetrahydroquinoline sulfonamide and related compounds for use as agonists of rory and the treatment of disease
US9708348B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2017-07-18 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted bicyclic heterocyclic compounds with kinase activities and uses thereof
CN104761506B (en) * 2015-04-10 2017-05-03 温州大学 2-(1-styryl)quinazolone compounds and synthesis method thereof
WO2016201227A1 (en) 2015-06-11 2016-12-15 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of using pyruvate kinase activators
US10160761B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2018-12-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
LT3362066T (en) 2015-10-15 2022-02-10 Les Laboratoires Servier Sas Combination therapy for treating malignancies
KR20180061372A (en) 2015-10-15 2018-06-07 아지오스 파마슈티컬스 아이엔씨. Combination Therapy for the Treatment of Malignant Tumors
CN105175416B (en) * 2015-10-20 2017-12-22 中国药科大学 A kind of new histon deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor
US10759806B2 (en) 2016-03-17 2020-09-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isotopologues of isoquinolinone and quinazolinone compounds and uses thereof as PI3K kinase inhibitors
WO2017214269A1 (en) 2016-06-08 2017-12-14 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
TW201815418A (en) 2016-09-27 2018-05-01 Vertex Pharma Method for treating cancer using a combination of DNA-damaging agents and DNA-PK inhibitors
GB201721961D0 (en) * 2017-12-27 2018-02-07 Bp Oil Int Methods for preparing fuel additives
MX2020007954A (en) 2018-01-31 2021-01-08 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase mkk4 inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death.
CN110483432A (en) * 2018-05-14 2019-11-22 中国科学院上海药物研究所 A kind of acrylic compounds and preparation method thereof, pharmaceutical composition and purposes
US10980788B2 (en) 2018-06-08 2021-04-20 Agios Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapy for treating malignancies
WO2019243315A1 (en) 2018-06-21 2019-12-26 Heparegenix Gmbh Tricyclic protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
CA3104246A1 (en) 2018-07-16 2020-01-23 Heparegenix Gmbh Protein kinase inhibitors for promoting liver regeneration or reducing or preventing hepatocyte death
WO2020132384A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Celgene Corporation Thienopyridine inhibitors of ripk2
CN109705140A (en) * 2019-01-08 2019-05-03 荆楚理工学院 A kind of synthetic method of pyrido [2,3-d] [1,3] oxazines derivative
US11753413B2 (en) 2020-06-19 2023-09-12 Incyte Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazine compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
WO2021257857A1 (en) 2020-06-19 2021-12-23 Incyte Corporation Naphthyridinone compounds as jak2 v617f inhibitors
KR20230057341A (en) 2020-07-02 2023-04-28 인사이트 코포레이션 Tricyclic urea compounds as JAK2 V617F inhibitors
WO2022006456A1 (en) 2020-07-02 2022-01-06 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic pyridone compounds as jak2 v617f inhibitors
WO2022046989A1 (en) 2020-08-27 2022-03-03 Incyte Corporation Tricyclic urea compounds as jak2 v617f inhibitors
WO2022140231A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2022-06-30 Incyte Corporation Deazaguaine compounds as jak2 v617f inhibitors
CN114831977B (en) * 2021-02-02 2023-12-19 北京大学 Application of benzoic acid derivative as TRPM2 protein inhibitor
AR125273A1 (en) 2021-02-25 2023-07-05 Incyte Corp SPIROCYCLIC LACTAMS AS JAK2 INHIBITORS V617F

Family Cites Families (135)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5640710B2 (en) 1973-01-18 1981-09-22
JPS5830302B2 (en) 1974-04-16 1983-06-28 キツセイヤクヒンコウギヨウ カブシキガイシヤ Shinki Hōkōzoku Carbon Sanamide Yudōtai no Seizō Hōhō
GB1484413A (en) 1974-04-18 1977-09-01 Kissei Pharmaceutical Aromatic amidocarboxylic acid derivatives
JPS5848545B2 (en) 1974-04-18 1983-10-28 キツセイヤクヒンコウギヨウ カブシキガイシヤ Shinki Hōkōzoku Carbon Sanamide Yudōtai no Seizō Hōhō
JPS511440A (en) 1974-04-18 1976-01-08 Kissei Pharmaceutical SHINKIHOKOZOKUKARUBONSANJUDOTAI NO SEIZOHOHO
JPS5855138B2 (en) 1975-12-31 1983-12-08 キツセイヤクヒンコウギヨウ カブシキガイシヤ Houkozoku carbon sanamide
JPS6019738B2 (en) 1978-03-20 1985-05-17 久光製薬株式会社 Novel anthranilic acid derivative
JPS5576852A (en) 1978-12-01 1980-06-10 Hisamitsu Pharmaceut Co Inc Novel derivative of anthranilic acid
JPS5817186B2 (en) 1981-01-23 1983-04-05 キツセイ薬品工業株式会社 Method for producing novel aromatic carboxylic acid derivatives
US4587356A (en) 1981-09-01 1986-05-06 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Process for the production of nuclear substituted cinnamoylanthranilic acid derivatives
JPS6019754A (en) 1983-07-14 1985-01-31 Kissei Pharmaceut Co Ltd Production of aromatic carboxylic acid amide derivative
JPS60152454A (en) 1984-01-18 1985-08-10 Terumo Corp Amide derivative and 5-lipoxigenase inhibitor containing said derivative as active component
JPS6191163A (en) * 1984-10-08 1986-05-09 Fujimoto Seiyaku Kk Preparation of anthranylic acid derivative
DE3505609A1 (en) 1985-02-19 1986-08-21 Merck Patent Gmbh, 6100 Darmstadt BENZIMIDAZOLYL PYRIDAZINONE
JPS625966A (en) * 1985-07-03 1987-01-12 Nippon Shinyaku Co Ltd Benzimidazole derivative
JPH0692353B2 (en) 1987-05-26 1994-11-16 マルコ製薬株式会社 Novel aminobenzoic acid amide derivative and method for producing the same
JPS6416755A (en) 1987-06-23 1989-01-20 Biogal Gyogyszergyar Manufacture of n-(3',4'-dimethoxycinnamoyl)-aniline derivative
JPH01287066A (en) 1988-05-13 1989-11-17 Fujimoto Seiyaku Kk Novel anthranilic acid derivative
JPH07116029B2 (en) 1989-04-04 1995-12-13 キッセイ薬品工業株式会社 Tranilast aqueous solution formulation
ATE153655T1 (en) 1990-02-08 1997-06-15 Eisai Co Ltd BENZENESULFONAMIDE DERIVATIVE
US5248825A (en) 1990-09-20 1993-09-28 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Calcium uptake inhibitors
DE4115184A1 (en) 1991-05-09 1992-11-12 Bayer Ag BENZOTHIOPHEN-2-CARBOXAMID-S, S-DIOXIDE
US5622977A (en) 1992-12-23 1997-04-22 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Tri-substituted (aryl or heteroaryl) derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
DK0657422T3 (en) 1993-12-09 1998-10-12 Ono Pharmaceutical Co Naphthyloxyacetic acid derivatives such as PEG2 agonists and antagonists
US5665737B1 (en) * 1994-10-12 1999-02-16 Euro Celtique Sa Substituted benzoxazoles
KR100237962B1 (en) 1994-10-12 2000-02-01 그린 마틴 Novel benzoxazoles
JPH08113567A (en) 1994-10-17 1996-05-07 Sando Yakuhin Kk Phenylethenyl derivative and 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor containing the same
US6444694B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2002-09-03 Wyeth Styryl benzimidazole derivatives
JPH08337523A (en) 1995-06-14 1996-12-24 Taiho Yakuhin Kogyo Kk Vascularization inhibitor
US5783577A (en) * 1995-09-15 1998-07-21 Trega Biosciences, Inc. Synthesis of quinazolinone libraries and derivatives thereof
PT974350E (en) 1996-02-07 2002-12-31 Lead Chem Co Ltd PREPARATION CONTAINING TRANILAST FOR EXTERNAL APPLICATION AND METHOD FOR YOUR PRODUCTION
WO1997029744A1 (en) 1996-02-15 1997-08-21 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Neovascularization inhibitor
JPH09278653A (en) 1996-04-05 1997-10-28 Santen Pharmaceut Co Ltd Retinal disease-treating preparation
DE19624155A1 (en) 1996-06-18 1998-01-08 Hoechst Ag Substituted benzoic acid derivatives, process for their preparation and the use of the compounds for the treatment of diseases
GB9625913D0 (en) * 1996-12-13 1997-01-29 Cancer Soc Auckland Div Nz Inc Novel cyclopropylindoles and their seco precursors,and their use as prodrugs
JPH10259129A (en) 1997-01-16 1998-09-29 Kissei Pharmaceut Co Ltd Arterialization inhibitor
FR2759368B1 (en) 1997-02-10 2001-06-01 Galderma Rech Dermatologique BIAROMATIC COMPOUNDS, COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM, AND USES
JPH10306024A (en) 1997-03-07 1998-11-17 Kissei Pharmaceut Co Ltd Preventive and therapeutic agent against glomerular disease
TW591030B (en) * 1997-03-10 2004-06-11 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Farnesyl transferase inhibiting 1,8-annelated quinolinone derivatives substituted with N- or C-linked imidazoles
JPH10330254A (en) 1997-04-01 1998-12-15 Kissei Pharmaceut Co Ltd Suppressant for progress of pterygium and postoperative relapse
US6127392A (en) 1997-08-05 2000-10-03 American Home Products Corporation Anthranilic acid analogs
JPH11180952A (en) * 1997-12-19 1999-07-06 Maruho Co Ltd 2-oxindole derivative
JP3256513B2 (en) 1998-02-11 2002-02-12 ファイザー製薬株式会社 Benzimidazole cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor
CA2338827A1 (en) * 1998-07-28 2000-02-10 Hideo Takaishi Fused heterocyclic dicarboxylic acids diamide derivatives or salts thereof, herbicide and method for using the same
AU1690100A (en) 1998-12-21 2000-07-12 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd. Benzothiepin-anilide derivatives, their production and their use for antagonizing ccr-5
DE60022050C5 (en) * 1999-06-02 2007-10-11 NPS Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Salt Lake City METABOTROPE GLUTAMATE RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
DE19935219A1 (en) 1999-07-27 2001-02-01 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Carboxamides, medicines containing these compounds, their use and manufacture
KR20020060160A (en) 1999-08-12 2002-07-16 파마시아 이탈리아 에스.피.에이. 3(5)-Amino-pyrazole derivatives, process for their preparation and their use as antitumor agents
US6921763B2 (en) 1999-09-17 2005-07-26 Abbott Laboratories Pyrazolopyrimidines as therapeutic agents
WO2001074810A2 (en) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-11 Ortho Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Method for using 2-aryloxyalkylaminobenzoxazoles and 2-aryloxyalkylaminobenzothiazoles as h3 antagonists
GB0019950D0 (en) * 2000-08-12 2000-09-27 Smithkline Beecham Plc Compounds
ES2254492T3 (en) * 2000-09-19 2006-06-16 Moses Lee COMPOSITIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR THE USE OF AQUIRAL ANALOGS OF CC-1065 AND DUOCARMYCINES.
WO2002055454A2 (en) 2001-01-10 2002-07-18 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Process and product
GB2372986A (en) * 2001-01-17 2002-09-11 Xenova Ltd 2-oxo, 4-hydroxy pyrroles and quinolines
JP2004523530A (en) 2001-01-23 2004-08-05 イーライ・リリー・アンド・カンパニー Piperazine and piperidine derivatives as melanocortin receptor agonists
WO2002066454A1 (en) * 2001-02-21 2002-08-29 Sankyo Company, Limited Chromene derivatives
EP1379508B9 (en) 2001-02-28 2011-02-09 Temple University - Of The Commonwealth System of Higher Education N-(aryl)-2-arylethenesulfonamides and therapeutic uses thereof
AR034897A1 (en) * 2001-08-07 2004-03-24 Hoffmann La Roche N-MONOACILATED DERIVATIVES OF O-PHENYLENDIAMINS, THEIR HETEROCICLICAL ANALOGS OF SIX MEMBERS AND THEIR USE AS PHARMACEUTICAL AGENTS
US7429593B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2008-09-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Utilities of amide compounds
JP4851671B2 (en) 2001-10-11 2012-01-11 ニチバン株式会社 Tranilast transdermal patch and method for producing the same
TW200303742A (en) * 2001-11-21 2003-09-16 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
WO2003045929A1 (en) * 2001-11-26 2003-06-05 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Bicyclic derivative, process for producing the same, and use
US6759428B2 (en) * 2001-12-04 2004-07-06 Roche Palo Alto Llc Indole nitriles
WO2003049702A2 (en) 2001-12-10 2003-06-19 Amgen Inc. Vanilloid receptor ligands and their use in treatments
CA2470931A1 (en) 2001-12-19 2003-07-03 Atherogenics, Inc. Chalcone derivatives and their use to treat diseases
ES2323265T3 (en) * 2001-12-19 2009-07-10 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv QUINOLINE DERIVATIVES CONDENSED IN 1.8 REPLACED WITH CARBON TRIAZOLS AS INHIBITORS OF FARNESIL-TRANSFERASA.
JPWO2003055847A1 (en) 2001-12-27 2005-05-12 大正製薬株式会社 Carboxylic acid derivative
WO2003059913A1 (en) 2002-01-10 2003-07-24 Bayer Healthcare Ag Roh-kinase inhibitors
JP2004143134A (en) 2002-02-13 2004-05-20 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Jnk inhibitor
JP2004075614A (en) * 2002-08-20 2004-03-11 Sankyo Co Ltd Pharmaceutical containing chromene derivative
US7196078B2 (en) 2002-09-04 2007-03-27 Schering Corpoartion Trisubstituted and tetrasubstituted pyrazolopyrimidines as cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors
WO2004022525A1 (en) 2002-09-05 2004-03-18 Neurosearch A/S Amide derivatives and their use as chloride channel blockers
US7351719B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2008-04-01 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Amide compounds having MCH-antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
DE10254872A1 (en) 2002-11-25 2004-06-03 Symrise Gmbh & Co. Kg Anthranilic acid amides and their derivatives as cosmetic and pharmaceutical active ingredients
CN1506359A (en) 2002-12-05 2004-06-23 �й�ҽѧ��ѧԺҩ���о��� Coumarin amide derivative and its prepn, medicinal composition and use
JP2006522744A (en) * 2003-04-11 2006-10-05 ノボ　ノルディスク　アクティーゼルスカブ Combination therapy using 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 inhibitor and glucocorticoid receptor agonist to minimize side effects associated with glucocorticoid receptor agonist therapy
WO2004096757A1 (en) * 2003-04-30 2004-11-11 Novartis Ag Aminopropanol derivatives as sphingosine-1-phosphate receptor modulators
US7691870B2 (en) 2003-07-11 2010-04-06 Merck Patent Gmbh Benzimidazole carboxamides as raf kinase inhibitors
US20050026944A1 (en) 2003-07-24 2005-02-03 Patrick Betschmann Thienopyridine and furopyridine kinase inhibitors
US7250444B2 (en) 2003-08-11 2007-07-31 Pfizer Inc. Pyrrole-based HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors
GB0319126D0 (en) 2003-08-14 2003-09-17 Smithkline Beecham Corp Chemical compounds
AU2004276337B2 (en) * 2003-09-24 2009-11-12 Methylgene Inc. Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
CN101445469B (en) * 2003-09-24 2013-02-13 梅特希尔基因公司 Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
DE10346913A1 (en) 2003-10-09 2005-05-04 Merck Patent Gmbh acylhydrazone
US7592373B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2009-09-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Amide compounds with MCH antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds
KR20070034574A (en) 2004-06-08 2007-03-28 템플 유니버시티-오브 더 커먼웰쓰 시스템 오브 하이어 에듀케이션 Heteroaryl sulfones and sulfonamides and their therapeutic uses
WO2005123089A2 (en) 2004-06-10 2005-12-29 Kalypsys, Inc. Multicyclic sulfonamide compounds as inhibitors of histone deacetylase for the treatment of disease
UA85597C2 (en) 2004-06-25 2009-02-10 Янссен Фармацевтика Н.В. Quaternary salt ccr2 antagonists
DE102004030987A1 (en) 2004-06-26 2006-01-12 Merck Patent Gmbh Ortho-substituted (3-hydroxyphenyl) -acetic acid benzylidene hydrazides
US7671077B2 (en) 2004-07-19 2010-03-02 Leu-Fen Hou Lin Neuroprotective small organic molecules, compositions and uses related thereto
RU2416608C2 (en) 2004-08-06 2011-04-20 Оцука Фармасьютикал Ко., Лтд. Aromatic compound
JP2008518957A (en) 2004-11-04 2008-06-05 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド Niacin receptor agonists, compositions containing such compounds and methods of treatment
WO2006053390A1 (en) 2004-11-17 2006-05-26 Angiogen Pharmaceuticals Pty. Ltd. A method of modulating b cell functioning
EP1824812A4 (en) 2004-11-23 2009-10-28 Merck & Co Inc Niacin receptor agonists, compositions containing such compounds and methods of treatment
ITMI20050261A1 (en) 2005-02-21 2006-08-22 Carlo Ghisalberti STRUCTURAL ANALOGS OF AVENATRAMIDS THEIR USE IN USEFUL COMPOSITIONS IN THE TREATMENT OF DERMATOLOGICAL DISORDERS
CA2599987A1 (en) * 2005-03-03 2006-09-08 Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fused heterocyclic compounds and their use as sirtuin modulators
US20060223837A1 (en) 2005-03-24 2006-10-05 Ellen Codd Biaryl derived amide modulators of vanilloid VR1 receptor
JP5009151B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2012-08-22 株式会社ヤクルト本社 BCRP / ABCG2 inhibitor
ITMI20050674A1 (en) 2005-04-15 2006-10-16 Univ Degli Studi Milano USE OF AMIDID DERIVATIVES AS A TASTING AGENT OF TASTE FLAVORED COMPOSITIONS AND PRODUCTS THAT CONTAIN THEM
CA2607670A1 (en) * 2005-05-10 2006-11-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Bicyclic derivatives as modulators of ion channels
WO2006122353A1 (en) 2005-05-16 2006-11-23 Angiogen Pharmaceuticals Pty. Ltd. Methods and compositions for the treatment of pain
WO2006134013A1 (en) 2005-06-14 2006-12-21 Symrise Gmbh & Co. Kg Mixtures comprising anthranilic acid amides and cooling agents as cosmetic and pharmaceutical compositions for alleviating itching
WO2007015744A1 (en) 2005-07-21 2007-02-08 Incyte Corporation Disubstituted thienyl compounds and their use as pharmaceuticals
US8911795B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2014-12-16 Symrise Ag Compositions comprising dihydroavenanthramide D and climbazole as cosmetic and pharmaceutical compositions for alleviating itching
US7592461B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2009-09-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Indane modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, AP-1, and/or NF-κB activity and use thereof
US8598168B2 (en) * 2006-04-07 2013-12-03 Methylgene Inc. Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
US20070286892A1 (en) 2006-06-13 2007-12-13 Uri Herzberg Compositions and methods for preventing or reducing postoperative ileus and gastric stasis in mammals
ES2462925T3 (en) 2006-06-14 2014-05-26 Symrise Ag Compounds with antimicrobial effect for the treatment of oral fetidity
AU2007271486A1 (en) 2006-07-05 2008-01-10 Merck Patent Gmbh Sulfamate benzothiophene derivatives
EP2035369B1 (en) 2006-07-05 2014-06-25 Fibrotech Therapeutics PTY LTD Therapeutic compounds
KR100832747B1 (en) 2006-10-27 2008-05-27 한국화학연구원 Aminopyrazole derivatives, process for the preparation thereof, and composition for preventing or treating an ischemic disease containing the same
EP2089355A2 (en) 2006-11-01 2009-08-19 Brystol-Myers Squibb Company Modulators of glucocorticoid receptor, ap-1, and/or nf- kappa b activity and use thereof
RU2009120882A (en) * 2006-11-03 2010-12-10 Айрм Ллк (Bm) COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS AS PROTEINKINASE INHIBITORS
WO2008073461A2 (en) 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 Wyeth Ion channel modulators
PE20121126A1 (en) 2006-12-21 2012-08-24 Plexxikon Inc PIRROLO [2,3-B] PYRIDINES COMPOUNDS AS KINASE MODULATORS
WO2008109238A1 (en) 2007-03-02 2008-09-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Substituted cyclopentyl piperidine ccr2 antagonists
EP1972624A1 (en) 2007-03-23 2008-09-24 Clariant International Ltd. Benzoxazinones and their use as ultraviolet light absorbers
US20090239982A1 (en) 2007-03-30 2009-09-24 Fujifilm Corporation Ultraviolet Absorbent and Heterocyclic Compound
KR20090130109A (en) 2007-04-10 2009-12-17 하. 룬트벡 아크티에 셀스카브 Heteroaryl amide analogues as p2x7 antagonists
CA2690410C (en) * 2007-06-12 2015-09-29 Provid Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kinase inhibitors, compositions thereof, and methods of use therewith
WO2009006577A2 (en) * 2007-07-03 2009-01-08 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for inhibiting ezh2
EP2030617A1 (en) 2007-08-17 2009-03-04 Sygnis Bioscience GmbH & Co. KG Use of tranilast and derivatives thereof for the therapy of neurological conditions
MX2010002712A (en) 2007-09-10 2010-06-09 Calcimedica Inc Compounds that modulate intracellular calcium.
TWI440638B (en) 2007-10-30 2014-06-11 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd Heterocyclic compound and pharmaceutical composition thereof
US20090170842A1 (en) * 2007-11-14 2009-07-02 University Of Kansas Brca1-based breast or ovarian cancer prevention agents and methods of use
WO2009068557A1 (en) 2007-11-28 2009-06-04 Neurosearch A/S Novel phenyl-acetamide and phenyl-propionamide derivatives useful as potassium channel modulators
US20110052562A1 (en) * 2007-12-19 2011-03-03 The Scripps Research Institute Benzimidazoles and analogs as rho kinase inhibitors
US20090163586A1 (en) 2007-12-20 2009-06-25 Astrazeneca Ab Bis-(Sulfonylamino) Derivatives in Therapy 205
AU2008341010B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2013-04-18 Certa Therapeutics Pty. Ltd. Halogenated analogues of anti-fibrotic agents
CN101481323B (en) 2008-01-11 2013-11-20 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 Benzo cyclohepten derivate, and preparation and medical use thereof
BRPI0917719A2 (en) * 2008-08-27 2019-11-19 Calcimedica Inc intracellular calcium modulating compounds
EP2179984A1 (en) 2008-10-27 2010-04-28 Congenia S.r.l. Acrylamido derivatives useful as inhibitors of the mitochondrial permeability transition
CN101423503A (en) 2008-12-04 2009-05-06 上海大学 2-(trans-2,3-dihydro-2-aryl-1-cyano-3-carbomethoxyl cyclopropane)-1,3-benzopyrene and synthetic method thereof
EP2923734B1 (en) 2009-03-13 2018-01-10 Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, K.U. Leuven R&D Purine analogues and their use as immunosuppressive agents
IN2012DN03312A (en) 2009-10-22 2015-10-23 Fibrotech Therapeutics Pty Ltd

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9561201B2 (en) 2006-07-05 2017-02-07 Fibrotech Therapeutics Pty Ltd Therapeutic compounds
US9951087B2 (en) 2009-10-22 2018-04-24 Fibrotech Therapeutics Pty Ltd Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents
US11014873B2 (en) 2017-02-03 2021-05-25 Certa Therapeutics Pty Ltd. Anti-fibrotic compounds
US11603349B2 (en) 2017-02-03 2023-03-14 Certa Therapeutics Pty Ltd Anti-fibrotic compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018012700A (en) 2018-01-25
EP2947073A2 (en) 2015-11-25
EP2491030B1 (en) 2015-07-15
HK1217951A1 (en) 2017-01-27
EP2947073B1 (en) 2019-04-03
IN2012DN03312A (en) 2015-10-23
HK1217480A1 (en) 2017-01-13
US9062076B2 (en) 2015-06-23
CN102574843A (en) 2012-07-11
WO2011047432A1 (en) 2011-04-28
EP2947073A3 (en) 2016-02-17
CN105153188B (en) 2018-06-01
US9951087B2 (en) 2018-04-24
EP2491030A1 (en) 2012-08-29
CN102574843B (en) 2015-06-17
JP2013508306A (en) 2013-03-07
US20120270863A1 (en) 2012-10-25
US20150266893A1 (en) 2015-09-24
JP5904944B2 (en) 2016-04-20
CN105153188A (en) 2015-12-16
EP2491030A4 (en) 2013-04-17
JP2016128401A (en) 2016-07-14
JP6215890B2 (en) 2017-10-18
SG10201501272SA (en) 2015-04-29
JP6437060B2 (en) 2018-12-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9951087B2 (en) Fused ring analogues of anti-fibrotic agents
US7005538B1 (en) Thyroid receptor antagonists for the treatment of cardiac and metabolic disorders
US6342512B1 (en) Sulfonylcarboxamide derivatives, process for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
US20170152226A1 (en) Functionalised and substituted indoles as anti-cancer agents
US20170166555A1 (en) Functionalised and substituted indoles as anti-cancer agents
US8624056B2 (en) Halogenated analogues of anti-fibrotic agents
US7319096B2 (en) Thyroid hormone receptor antagonists for cardiac and metabolic disorders II
US20160368870A1 (en) Olefin substituted oxindoles having ampk activity
US20170158636A1 (en) Functionalised and substituted carbazoles as anti-cancer agents
US20160130226A1 (en) Spiro-substituted oxindole derivatives having ampk activity
US20170157135A1 (en) Functionalised and substituted indoles as anti-cancer agents
JP2003508381A (en) Use of bissulfonamide for the manufacture of a medicament for preventing or treating hyperlipidemia
US20230219894A1 (en) Disubstituted adamantyl derivative or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical composition for suppressing cancer growth comprising same as active ingredient
EP3768682B1 (en) 2-({2h,3h-[1,4]dioxino[2,3-g]quinolin-7-yl}sulfanyl)acetamide derivatives as bcr-abl kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
US11834430B2 (en) Compounds useful as inhibitors of isoprenylcysteine carboxyl methyltransferase
US9242928B2 (en) Compound, kinesin spindle protein inhibitor, and application thereof
WO2023091565A1 (en) Nsd2-targeted chemical degraders and compositions and methods of use thereof
US20230265061A1 (en) Oxadiazole derivative
US20180251425A1 (en) 2,3,5 trisubstituted pyrrole derivatives as topoisomerase inhibitors and therapeutic uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: FIBROTECH THERAPEUTICS PTY LTD, AUSTRALIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KELLY, DARREN JAMES;WILLIAMS, SPENCER JOHN;ZAMMIT, STEVEN;REEL/FRAME:035497/0329

Effective date: 20101129

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

CC Certificate of correction
MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

AS Assignment

Owner name: CERTA THERAPEUTICS PTY. LTD., AUSTRALIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FIBROTECH THERAPEUTICS PTY LTD;REEL/FRAME:049992/0206

Effective date: 20190402

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: MAINTENANCE FEE REMINDER MAILED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: REM.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

LAPS Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED FOR FAILURE TO PAY MAINTENANCE FEES (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: EXP.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

STCH Information on status: patent discontinuation

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362

FP Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee

Effective date: 20230623